Quarterlytics / Vertu Motors

Vertu Motors

vtu · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker vtu
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Vertu Motors
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT & FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the year ended 28 February 2018

Table of Contents 

Chairman’s Statement and Financial Highlights 

Strategic Report  

Main Board Directors 

Advisors 

Corporate and Social Responsibility Report 

Directors’ Report 

Corporate Governance Report 

Remuneration Committee Report 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Independent Auditors’ Report  

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Company Balance Sheet 

Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

Alternative Performance Measures 

Financial Diary 

Annual General Meeting 

Interim Results 2018/19 

Final Results 2018/19 

Page 

2 

6 

32 

33 

34 

38 

43 

52 

58 

63 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

76 

111 

112 

113 

123 

25 July 2018   

10 October 2018 

May 2019 

Vertu Motors plc Mission Statement 

“To deliver an outstanding customer motoring experience through honesty and trust” 

Vertu Motors plc 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement  
The Board is announcing a creditable set of results against a tougher market backdrop for the 
automotive  sector.    The  Group  generated  adjusted  EBITDA  of  £40.7m  (2017:  £42.4m)  and 
continued to invest in its core automotive retail assets to support future growth while focusing 
on  capital  allocation,  returning  £11.1m  to  shareholders  through  both  dividends  and  a 
programme  of  share  buy-backs  (the  “Buy-back  Programme”).    Under  the  Buy-back 
Programme, the Group, as at 28 February 2018, had repurchased 12.3m shares, equivalent 
to  3.1%  of  the  Group’s  issued  share  capital.    Subsequent  to  the  end  of  the  financial  year 
ended  28  February  2018  (“the  Period”),  the  purchase  of  the  Group’s  own  shares  continued 
and a further 5.7m shares have been acquired equivalent to 1.4% of the Group’s issued share 
capital, with the result that 18.0m shares equating to 4.53% of the Group’s share capital as at 
1  March  2017  have  now  been  repurchased  in  total.    The  cash  saving  from  lower  dividend 
payments as a result of the Buy-back Programme, based upon an annual dividend of 1.5p per 
share, amounts to £270,000 per annum. The Board will seek a renewed approval for the Buy-
back Programme at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

We  have  kept  a  sharp  focus  on  maximising  the  value  in  our  property  portfolio,  realising  a 
profit  of  £4.1m  from  a  sale  and  leaseback  transaction  while  maintaining  our  strong  asset 
backing.  We  have  adopted  a  similar  approach  to  the  Group’s  dealership  portfolio,  with  the 
disposal  or  closure  of  five  underperforming  sales  outlets  during  the  Period  realising  cash  of 
£2.8m  in  the  process,  with  a  further  £2.0m  realised  from  surplus  property  disposals 
subsequent to the year end.  This approach has ensured that the Group remains in a strong 
position  to  take  advantage  of  both  organic  and  acquisition-led  opportunities  in  the  months 
ahead.    The  Group’s  balance  sheet  continues  to  be  very  well-capitalised,  with  net  cash  of 
£19.3m at 28 February 2018 and available, unutilised bank facilities of £30m with the potential 
to add a further £30m.  

The Period has been a more challenging time for the UK automotive retail sector.  The value 
of  Sterling  was  weak  during  the  Period  (trading  between  €1.08  and  €1.20)  and  as  a 
consequence, following five consecutive years of growth, the UK private new vehicle market 
fell by 6.8% in 2017 in terms of registrations (SMMT).  Neither the General Election in June, 
the  ongoing  negative  press  coverage  surrounding  the  Brexit  negotiations  nor  the  mixed 
messages  from  Government  about  the  future  of  diesel  vehicles  have  helped  the  consumer 
environment  for  vehicle  sales.    However,  the  management  team  has  been  disciplined  in 
avoiding  distraction  and  maintaining  its  focus  on  what  it  can  control:  setting  the  agenda  for 
operational improvement,  especially  in the businesses acquired  in recent  years, investing in 
world class training to lift the skills and leadership ability of the dealership teams, controlling 
costs and keeping a sharp focus on capital allocation.  This latter point has been particularly 
important, and it is indeed no accident, that the Group has not made any acquisitions during 
the Period.  Acquisition pricing has been driven in part by foreign (non-Sterling) investors and 
the  Board  has  not  strayed  from  the  discipline  of  its  valuation  metrics.    This  will  ensure  that 
future returns are not diluted by chasing inflated prices.  As a consequence, the Group is now 
in a strong position to grow as the sector cycle presents better value acquisition opportunities.  

It should also be noted that, against the backdrop set out above, 2017 represented the third 
largest  annual  new  car  retail  market  in  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  last  13  years  and  the 
country  remains  in  a  positive  economic  growth  environment.    Economic  forecasts  currently 
see this growth environment continuing. 

The  Group  remains  set  for  further  growth,  well  positioned  with  Manufacturers  and  in  a  very 
healthy  financial  position.    I  remain  optimistic  about  the  Group’s  growth  prospects 
underpinned by our very strong and well capitalised balance sheet. 

Throughout this Annual Report there are references to various Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) used to 
measure performance for the financial year ended 28 February 2018, which can be reconciled to measures disclosed 
in the financial statements on page 70 to 110.  Definitions and reconciliations of the APMs referred to are provided on 
page 123 to 125. 

Vertu Motors plc 

2 

 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement (continued) 
The  Group’s  objective  remains  to  deliver  long-term  value  for  its  owners  through  building  a 
scaled,  franchised  dealership  business  generating  significant,  resilient  and  increasing 
cashflows.  The  Group  seeks  to  do  this  by  pursuing  a  consistent  strategy  with  a  well-
established business model. This report will set out the strategy, explain the business model 
and  describe  how  the  Group  has  used  the  model  to  establish  a  competitive  position  from 
which  to  generate  growth  in  cashflows  over  the  long-term.    Growing  cashflow  is  a  result  of 
growing  revenues,  managing  margins,  operating  costs  and  tax  payments  and  managing 
working capital  and capital expenditure  within the framework of a suitable funding structure.  
This report will examine each of these areas.   

The Group continues to develop a talented, stable and experienced operational team which is 
committed  to  delivering  on  the  Group’s  strategy  and  I  would  like  to  take  this  opportunity  to 
thank every colleague in the Group for their commitment and dedication during the year. 

Financial Highlights  

Revenues and Volumes 

•  Revenues of £2,796.1m (2017: £2,822.6m) 
•  Like-for-like service revenues up 4.7% continuing long-term growth trend  
•  Like-for-like used vehicle volumes declined 0.5% 
•  Continued  softening  of  new  vehicle  market,  particularly  in  volume  franchises,  as  supply 

reduced and prices rose on currency pressure 

•  Group like-for-like new car retail volumes down 13.3%, fleet car supply volumes down 5% 

and light commercial van volumes down 4.2% 

Margins and Profitability 

•  Adjusted profit before tax of £28.6m (2017: £31.5m) down 9.2% and profit before tax up 

2.3% to £30.5m (2017: £29.8m) 

•  Earnings per share 6.31p up 2.8% (2017: 6.14p) 
•  Group gross profit margins stable at 11.0% (2017: 11.1%) 
•  Group like-for-like service gross profit margins reduced slightly to 76.4% from 77.3% 
•  Solid performance in aftersales and used cars representing 72.3% of gross profit (2017: 

71.5%) 

•  Like-for-like used car margins declined to 9.6% (2017: 10.1%), stabilising in second half 
•  Exceptional profit on property disposals of £3.5m 

Managing Operating Expenses and Tax Payments 

•  Total adjusted operating expenses down 0.5% to £278.4m (2017: £279.8m) achieved in 

spite of well publicised cost headwinds 

•  Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue stable at 10.0% 
•  Effective rate of taxation 18.9% (2017: 19.5%) 

Generating Cash Profits and Managing Working Capital 

•  EBITDA up 4.3% to £43.2m (2017: £41.4m) 
•  Cash generated from operations of £27.3m (2017: £58.1m) 
•  Working  capital  outflow  of  £13.3m  driven  by  increased  used  vehicle  inventory  holdings 

and VAT movements related to new vehicle consignment levels 

Disciplined Capital Allocation 

•  £24.1m of capital expenditure, primarily on new dealership developments and increasing 

capacity in sales and aftersales areas (2017: £26.4m) 

•  Period of major capital investment: spend levels expected to substantially reduce in FY20 
•  Cash  of  £2.8m  released  from  portfolio  management  decisions  to  dispose  of  poorly 

performing operations 

•  Sale  and  leaseback  transaction  generated  £14.2m  of  cash  and  exceptional  profit  on 

disposal supporting value in freehold and long leasehold portfolio 

•  Dividend  up  7.1%  to  1.5p  per  share  (2017:  1.4p  per  share),  eighth  consecutive  year  of 

dividend growth 

Vertu Motors plc 

3 

Chairman’s Statement (continued) 
Financial Highlights (continued) 

Disciplined Capital Allocation (continued) 

•  Share  buyback  programme:  18.0  million  shares  repurchased  to  date  at  an  average  of 

43.8p per share deploying £7.9m 

•  The Board sees value in a continued share buy-back programme cognisant that tangible 

net assets per share are at 45.4p 

Very Strong Balance Sheet to Fund Growth 

•  Period end net cash of £19.3m (2017: £21.0m) 
•  Unutilised five year bank facility of £30m, with the potential to add a further £30m 
•  Used car inventory largely unencumbered from short-term stocking loans 
•  Freehold and long leasehold property of £183.8m (2017: £182.0m) 
•  Potential  acquisition  opportunities  are  increasing,  giving  scope  for  further  scaling-up  of 

the business to drive value and further enhance shareholder returns 

Current Trading and Outlook 

In  March  and  April  2018  (“the  Post  Year-end  Period”)  the  Group  has  traded  in  line  with 
management’s  expectations.    March  remains  the  most  significant  month  of  the  year  for  the 
profitability of UK automotive retail due to the plate change.  This year comparisons of March 
with the prior  year were skewed due to the  impact of the pull forward of registrations due to 
the  vehicle  excise  duty  changes  on  1  April  2017  and  the  timing  of  Easter  which  reduced 
March profitability in 2018.  We have therefore considered the two months of March and April 
together.    The  UK  private  new  car  market  fell  by  8.8%  in  the  Post  Year-end  Period.    The 
Group’s  like-for-like  new  retail  volume  declined  by  2.6%  during  the  Post  Year-end  Period, 
significantly outperforming the market with the result that the Group grew its market share.  In 
addition, the Group also grew market share in the Motability, fleet and commercial channels.  
The  Group  achieved  manufacturer  volume  targets  at  a  high  level  and,  as  a  result,  new  car 
gross margins were stable.   

Both used car and aftersales performance during the Post Year-end Period were impacted by 
the  adverse  weather  conditions  in  early  March  2018.    However,  over  the  Post  Year-end 
Period as a whole like-for-like used car volumes rose 7.0% and like-for-like service revenues 
were up 6.8%.  The Group is benefitting from having additional technician resources in place. 
Whilst  as  anticipated  due  to  last  year’s  record  March  trading  performance,  the  profits  in  the 
Post Year-end Period are behind last year, the Board believes they represent a very positive 
outcome. 

Subsequent to the  year end, the Group  disposed of a vacant freehold property for £2.0m in 
cash, realising a profit on sale of £0.6m.  This further demonstrates the value inherent in the 
Group’s  freehold  and  long  leasehold  property  portfolio  and  further  disposals  of  vacant 
property are likely in the coming months.  

The prospects for the UK new car market are likely to be more favourable with stabilisation of 
volumes  from  April  2018  onwards  currently  anticipated  by  the  SMMT.    The  market 
significantly weakened from April 2017 onwards.  There is a degree of uncertainty over new 
vehicle  supply  around  the  implementation  of  Worldwide  Harmonised  Light  Vehicle  Test 
Procedures (“WLTP”) regulations due to come into force on 1 September 2018.  The impact 
of WLTP on production and supply of new vehicles is currently not clear and this may cause 
some short-term supply  limitations until the end  of quarter four 2018. The current consumer 
trend  for  increased  petrol  new  vehicle  demand,  reducing  diesel  new  vehicle  demand,  may 
also result in supply limitations as a result of the lag in changing production to respond to this 
shift in consumer behaviour in the last 12 months.  

Vertu Motors plc 

4 

 
Chairman’s Statement (continued) 

Current Trading and Outlook (continued) 

The outlook for used cars is strong with the Group focused on continuing growth in profitability 
for  the  remainder  of  the  year  following  a  successful  Post  Year-end  Period.    Aftersales 
prospects  are  positive  due  to  the  impact  of  previous  service  plan  penetration,  rising  vehicle 
parcs  and  the  successful  recruitment  and  retention  strategies  adopted  for  technician 
resource. 

Cost  increases  continue  to  impact  the  Group  as  previously  reported  and  these  are  likely  to 
absorb some of the expected increases in revenues and gross profit. 

Given  the  encouraging  trading  performance  of  the  Group  and  the  Group’s  strong  balance 
sheet, the Board remains confident about the Group’s prospects for the current  year and its 
ability to undertake further growth through acquisitions. 

P Jones 
Chairman 

Vertu Motors plc 

5 

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report  
The Directors present their Strategic Report on the affairs of the Group and Company, for the 
year ended 28 February 2018. 

Strategic and Portfolio Management 

To deliver long-term value to the Group’s owners, the Group’s strategy is to grow a scaled UK 
automotive retail group through acquiring  both  volume and premium franchised  dealerships.  
The  Board  believes  that  the  benefits  of  scale  in  the  sector  are  increasing  over  time.    Scale 
benefits  include:  a  national  on-line  and  off-line  co-ordinated  marketing  strategy  to  maximise 
the  benefits  of  our  unique  national  footprint,  scaled  contact  centres,  franchise  management 
dedication, purchasing efficiencies and access to competitive consumer finance packages for 
the Group’s customers.  Further consolidation of the sector by large-scale national brands is 
likely  to  continue  in  the  years  ahead  in  what  is  still  a  sector  with  a  fragmented  ownership 
structure in many franchises. 

The Group will continue to acquire dealerships across the volume and premium spectrum as 
the Board currently believes that capital can continue to be invested in additional dealerships 
to deliver significant return on investment to shareholders in the short and medium term.  The 
fragmented nature of the UK automotive retail sector means that significant growth potential 
remains,  and  crucially,  the  Group  has  substantial  headroom  for  further  growth  with  the  vast 
majority of its Manufacturer partners, particularly in the Premium space.   

The Board adopts a rigorous and disciplined capital allocation process in deciding whether to 
pursue an acquisition. Six-monthly we assess our strategic position with each Manufacturer to 
confirm the Board’s standpoint  on future investment in the franchise.  This leads to an  Add, 
Hold,  Reduce  or  Avoid  conclusion  which  underpins 
the  Group’s  strategic  portfolio 
management.    Investment  evaluations  for  specific  opportunities  involve  detailed  three-year 
investment  appraisals  and  utilising  set  return  on  investment  hurdle  rates  to  ensure 
appropriate capital allocation.  

the  Period, 

  A  number  of 

to  assess  several 

the  Board  has  continued 

During 
further  acquisition 
these 
opportunities,  rigorously  applying  consistent  valuation  criteria. 
opportunities have not resulted in transactions as the valuations sought by the vendors have 
not  met  the  Board’s  investment  return  criteria.  Indeed,  a  number  of  the  opportunities 
introduced by Corporate Finance practitioners did not result in the marketed businesses being 
sold.  Valuation  expectations  in  the  minds  of  vendors  have  been  fuelled  to  some  extent  by 
overseas bidders.  Further opportunities continue to be assessed and the Group has seen an 
increase in potential deal flow in the last few months.  The addition of further dealerships and 
new  franchise  partners  to  the  Group’s  portfolio  will  enable  the  Board  to  deliver  its  goal  of 
creating  a  balanced  and  diversified  portfolio  of  franchised  businesses,  so  reducing  the 
Group’s  exposure  to  variations  in  individual  Manufacturers’  performance.    Such  growth, 
however,  will  only  be  undertaken  at  appropriate  valuations  to  ensure  future  returns. We  will 
remain selective and disciplined in our approach, cognisant that the Board is trusted to spend 
our shareholders’ capital sensibly with the goal of creating and sustaining long term value. 

Modern automotive retailing is undergoing substantial changes and these changes are likely 
to  accelerate  in  the  years  ahead.  The  rise  of  digital  sales  channels,  CASE  (Connected, 
Autonomous,  Sharing  and  Electric)  developments  and  Manufacturer  investment  and  scale 
requirements  expected  of  retailers  are  likely  to  have  an  impact  on  franchised  networks  and 
the  locations  which  the  Group  will  want  to  operate  from  in  the  future.    These  trends  which 
represent  an  opportunity  for  scaled  franchised  dealer  groups,  are  likely  to  drive  further 
consolidation in the sector and to lead to an increase in sales per outlet in the sector.  We are 
mindful of these changes when considering the current portfolio and how it will evolve and the 
following trends are considered particularly pertinent: 

•  There will be a trend away from rural, smaller franchise points and greater investment in 
larger,  urban  representation  points.    This  will  yield  operational  gearing  benefits  of 
increased sales per outlet.  Acquisitions and disposals must reflect this trend. 

Vertu Motors plc 

6 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Strategic and Portfolio Management (continued) 

•  Property  flexibility  may  have  increasing  importance  as  network  restructuring  occurs  and 
retail  formats  and  requirements  change.    Lease  length  and  structures  will  take  on  a 
greater importance as a result.  Freehold ownership is preferred by the Board given the 
greater flexibility this affords. 

The Board performs a detailed review of underperforming dealerships within the portfolio on a 
continual basis, applying its strategy of “fix, re-franchise, sell or close”.  This is an important 
element  of  the  capital  allocation  process  providing  cash  for  investment  in  higher  return 
activities.  The Group has seen the benefit of this during the Period. 

Portfolio Changes 

Portfolio  changes  have  been  made  during  the  Period  reflective  of  the  capital  allocation 
principles and trends outlined above: 

• 

• 

In March 2017 the Group disposed of its loss-making Chesterfield Peugeot business and 
in due course the freehold premises will be sold 

In May 2017 the Group ceased its Mazda operations in Bristol allowing sole focus on the 
Hyundai franchise 

•  The Group completed its exit from the Fiat Group business with the closure in December 
2017  of Worcester  Fiat  and  Alfa  Romeo  and  of  its  multi-franchise  Cheltenham  Fiat  and 
Mazda business in March 2018 

•  The  Group  disposed  of  its  loss-making  former  Volkswagen  dealership  in  Boston, 

Lincolnshire.  This  included the disposal of the freehold premises for £1.2m 

•  The  Group  closed  two  accident  repair  centres  to  increase  capacity  in  more  profitable 

activities as part of dealership redevelopments 

• 

In April 2018 the Group ceased its Volvo operation in Sheffield allowing sole focus on the 
Nissan franchise at the location 

During  the  Period  these  changes  released  £1.2m  from  property  assets  and  £1.6m  from 
working  capital  which  was  re-deployed  to  activities  generating  higher  returns.    Dealerships 
acquired  in  the  year  ended  28  February  2017  made  a  profit  before  interest  and  tax 
contribution  of  £1.2m  in  the  Period.    The  sites  closed  or  disposed  of  during  the  Period  lost 
£1.1m (2017: £1.6m) hence these actions will enhance future returns and operating margins 
of the Group.  

Subsequent  to  these  changes  the  Group  now  operates  117  franchised  sales  outlets,  and  3 
non-franchised sales outlets, from 103 locations. 

Business Model and Competitive Positioning 

The  Group’s  business  model  has  remained  consistent  for  the  eleven  years  the  Group  has 
operated  and  enables  the  successful  delivery  of  enhanced  business  performance  from 
acquired  dealerships,  through  the  implementation  of  the  Group’s  brand  model,  business 
processes and systems.  This is delivered by a senior management team that is very stable 
and highly experienced.  Many of the Group’s acquisitions are turnaround opportunities and a 
number  are  new  start-up  dealerships  sharing  similar  characteristics,  including  a  weak 
customer  database  and  consequently  an  aftersales  business  performing  below  its  potential.  
The aftersales activities have significantly higher margins compared to vehicle sales and the 
Group’s business model works to improve and then maximise the aftersales performance and 
hence improve overall margins.  Growing the aftersales potential is fundamentally a function 
of increasing the sale of new and used cars by the dealership in the locality and ensuring high 
levels of customer retention into service.  

Vertu Motors plc 

7 

 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Business Model and Competitive Positioning (continued) 

This model, and an indicative timeline for its application to a newly acquired dealership, is set 
out below: 

The  success  of  the  Group’s  strategy  is  evidenced  by  the  rapid  growth  since  the  first 
acquisition in 2007 and the turnaround and integration of acquired dealerships to date.  The 
Group  has  become  the  sixth  largest  automotive  retailer  in  the  UK  by  revenues  from  a 
standing  start  in  2007.    Many  of  the  acquisitions  undertaken  in  recent  periods  have  still  to 
become  fully  established  and  this  provides  the  Group  with  further  opportunity  to  deliver 
improved margins and grow organic profit over the medium term. 

The  successful  integration  of  acquisitions  into  the  Group  has  to  be  one  of  our  core 
competencies.    Management  has  a  significant  amount  of  experience  in  this  area.    Key  to 
successful integration are the following: 

•  Ensuring  new  colleagues  (employees)  understand  the  Vision,  Values  and  culture  of  the 

Group 

•  Transferring key managers from the core Group to the new businesses 

• 

Implementation  of  the  Group’s  single  platform  of  systems  and  processes  as  soon  as 
possible 

•  Leveraging the Group’s key scaled brands and marketing power, including on-line assets, 

across the new businesses 

Vertu Motors plc 

8 

 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Business Model and Competitive Positioning (continued) 

The  Group  adopts  a  “Right  People,  Right  Choice,  Right  Deal”  brand  model,  centred  on  a 
“Right Experience for You”. The “Right Experience” applies equally to colleagues, customers, 
Manufacturer partners and indeed investors. 

This brand model is illustrated below and utilised extensively in the business to provide clarity 
on what we do, how we do it and where we are going as a business. 

The  Group  adopts  a  “Right  People,  Right  Choice,  Right  Deal”  brand  model,  centred  on  a 
“Right Experience for You”. The “Right Experience” applies equally to colleagues, customers, 
Manufacturer  partners  and  indeed  investors.  This  brand  model  is  based  on  a  fundamental 
premise that it is the colleagues in each business together with management who deliver on 
customer needs to create long-term value for the business.  Ensuring that each business has 
the  right  Values  and  culture  is  of  paramount  importance  to  building  both  long-term 
relationships with loyal customers and a stable team of colleagues.   

In the July 2017 Colleague Satisfaction Survey over 98% of responding colleagues knew the 
Vertu Values and 88% thought the Directors actively practiced them.  It is clear that the more 
the  Core  Values  of  Passion,  Respect,  Professionalism,  Integrity,  Recognition,  Opportunity 
and  Commitment  are  in  place  in  the  business,  the  stronger  the  business  is  and  significant 
senior management time is spent promoting and reinforcing these Values.  The brand model 
has a number of brand actions which are designed to guide colleagues and management into 
being  customer-centric.    For  example,  “effortless  journeys,  not  complex  processes”  is  an 
important  mantra  in  assessing  the  effectiveness  of  both  on-line  and  off-line  processes  and 
any  proposed  developments  impacting  customers.    By  building  trust  from  customers  for  the 
business,  the  Group  aims  to  build  long  term  relationships  through  the  lifecycle  of  buying, 
owning and selling vehicles.  There is a clear correlation, in our view, between a high level of 
colleague  satisfaction,  great  customer  experiences  and  the  generation  of  higher  margins  in 
the business.   

Vertu Motors plc 

9 

 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Business Model and Competitive Positioning (continued) 

The success of the business and the delivery of the brand model relies heavily on strong, high 
quality  management  teams  to  deliver  the  required  returns  over  time.    The  recruitment, 
development and retention of high performing automotive retail professionals is of paramount 
importance,  particularly  in  General  Manager  roles  providing  leadership  in  each  dealership.  
The Group has developed a culture which seeks to attract and retain top performers and the 
Board believes it is successful in doing so.   

As part of the Group’s strategy to attract, retain and develop high performing colleagues and 
management,  the  Group  continues  to  invest  in  training.    This  includes  substantial  internal 
training  programmes,  management  development  programmes  for  high  potential  colleagues, 
including  management  training  undertaken  by  Dale  Carnegie  and  an  enterprise  wide  e-
learning  platform  for  all  5,340  colleagues.    1.3  million  minutes  of  e-learning  have  been 
undertaken on the newly  launched platform since 1 January  2018.  This platform is industry 
leading,  covering  personal  development,  leadership  skills  and  sales  skills,  delivered  on 
personal devices. 

The operations of the Group are overseen by a CEO Committee of the 14 most senior people 
in  the Group.   This cadre is very stable  with five members in place since  the  Group started 
and  an  average  tenure  of  nine  years.    Three  new  leaders  were  promoted  internally  to  the 
CEO Committee on 1 March 2018: 

o  Steve  Gould,  Operations  Director,  (46)  has  been  with  the  Group  for  6  years 
having previous experience with Reg Vardy plc, Pendragon plc and Peter Vardy 
Limited.  He is responsible for the Renault and Nissan operations of the Group. 

o  Matthew  Barr,  HR  Director,  (37)  has  been  with  the  Group  ten  years  having 
previously  worked  for  Reg  Vardy  plc.    He  is  responsible  for  HR  and  Training 
within the Group. 

o  Martin Wastie,  Group  Strategy  Director,  (43)  oversees  the  Group’s  acquisitions, 
disposals  and  business  improvement  initiatives.    Martin  was  previously  Group 
Finance  Director  of  Marshall  Group  and  worked  for  Inchcape  and  Volkswagen 
Group.  He has been with the Group 3 years. 

These three individuals bring excellent skills and energy to the CEO Committee. 

The stability of senior management provides a consistency that helps to build a single Group 
culture.  As the Group has expanded over a larger number of dealerships, maintaining focus 
and  a  consistency  of  culture  remains  paramount.    We  believe  that  multi-layering  of 
management  is  best  avoided  since  it  elongates  decision-making  and  can  make  senior 
management  divorced  from  customers  and  the  grass  roots  operations.    Having  the  right 
people at a senior level in the Group who can positively influence large divisions is therefore 
vital  and  the  Board  believe  this  balance  has  been  achieved  to  date.    It  is  critical  that  the 
entrepreneurial culture that the business started with, remains in place and simplicity and lack 
of bureaucracy are crucial objectives applied to operational proposals and changes.  We look 
to have a culture built on “Speed, Simplicity and Self-Confidence”. 

The  Mission  Statement  of  the  Group  is  to  “deliver  an  outstanding  customer  motoring 
experience  through  honesty  and  trust”.    Fundamentally  it  is  the  acquisition  and  retention  of 
customers that drives the ultimate value of the Group in the long-term.  Marketing is critical to 
both the acquisition and retention of customers.  During the Period substantial progress has 
been made to improve the quality, effectiveness and channel reach of the Group’s marketing 
activities  as  Liz  Cope  concludes  her  second  year  as  Chief  Marketing  Officer.    Key 
achievements in the Period include: 

•  Full on-line retailing of used vehicles has been launched including part-exchange, finance 

provision and delivery to the door 

Vertu Motors plc 

10 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Business Model and Competitive Positioning (continued) 

•  Sales  through  this  on-line  channel  continue  to  build  and  we  believe  this  full  on-line 

retailing capability is unique to the Group 

•  E-commerce and digital marketing expertise has been significantly enhanced in-house in 
the  Period  to  develop  user  digital  experiences  and  deliver  cost  effective  marketing 
campaigns 

•  New  initiatives  such  as  Buy-it-now  are  being  rolled  out  across  the  Group  whereby 
customers  are  offered  the  ability  to  purchase  the  vehicles  on-line  that  they  have  test 
driven during dealership visits 

• 

Implementation  of  nationwide  TV  campaigns  in  both  new  and  used  car  sales  across 
multiple Group brands delivering tactical sales and building brand awareness 

•  Profitability achieved in the Group’s Ace Parts on-line parts business with increased sales 

and product lines through effective use of Marketplaces 

The retention of customers is achieved by several Group strategies: 

•  Retention  of  sales  customers  into  the  higher  margin  aftersales  channel  is  aided  by  the 
Group’s  centralised  Business  Development  Centre  which  ensures  contact  is  made  to 
book  relevant  service  work,  in  addition  to  increasingly  effective  on-line  booking 
capabilities.  

•  High sales penetration of service retention products, notably three-year service plans, has 
been successful in increasing the retention of used car customers in the Group’s service 
departments.  The Group now has over 104,000 customers paying monthly for servicing 
over  a  three-year  period  and  44%  of  used  car  customers  are  retained  into  the  Group’s 
service departments for routine servicing in the year following purchase. 

•  Customer experience is crucial for creating loyalty and the desire to return to the Group 
for  future  motoring  needs.    Customer  experience  is  measured  by  the  Group  in  several 
ways: 

o  Manufacturers measure service and new car sales customer experience monthly 
for  each  dealership  as  well  as  undertaking  mystery  shops.    The  Group  scores 
significantly ahead of national average scores on these measures and in addition 
undertakes its own extensive mystery shopping programme. 

o  On  used  cars,  the  Group  measures  customer  experience  using  a  third  party.  
Over  97%  of  customers  currently  would  recommend  the  Group  following  the 
purchase of a used car.  This high level of customer advocacy is mirrored in high 
scores on the public review sites such as Trust Pilot. 

o  Management at all levels, including the Executive Directors, are rewarded based 
on  the  above  customer  experience  measures  which  the  Board  believes  are 
fundamental  to  the  future  success  of  the  Group  in  generating  higher  revenues, 
margins and cash returns. 

Other Industry Issues 

United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (EU) 

The  UK’s  exit  from  the  EU  may  impact  the  Group  in  the  areas  of  changing  regulation, 
currency fluctuations and terms of trade for new vehicle imports to the United Kingdom. 

In  the  short  term,  the  biggest  impact  of  Brexit  on  the  automotive  retail  sector  has  been  the 
weakening  of  Sterling  which  reduces  the  attractiveness  of  the  UK  as  a  market  to  EU 
producing vehicle Manufacturers.  Vehicle price rises have been evident, along with reducing 
volumes in the new retail car sector since the Referendum. 

Vertu Motors plc 

11 

 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Other Industry Issues (continued) 

United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (EU) (continued) 

In the medium term there could be consequences for the UK automotive retail sector if tariffs 
were  to  be  introduced  on  motor  vehicles  imported  into  the  UK.    This  could  further  increase 
sales  prices  and  potentially  reduce  consumer  demand.    The  UK  Government  has  a  stated 
negotiating objective to avoid any such tariff barriers, and in the negotiation of the future trade 
terms  between  the  UK  and  the  EU,  tariffs  on  motor  vehicles  are  likely  to  be  a  key  point  of 
discussion.    Potential  free  trade  agreements  with  Non-EU  states  may  present  UK 
opportunities  for  Manufacturers  with  Non-EU  production  capacity  and  the  future  franchising 
strategy of the Group will need to be cognisant of these developments.  

The contractual relationships between Manufacturers and franchise partners are constructed 
within  the  framework  of  EU  competition  law.    There  is,  therefore,  the  potential  for  the  legal 
frameworks to evolve in  a different direction once  legal competency returns to the UK.  The 
Board continues to judge that it is unlikely to be a priority area for the UK Government in the 
short term and the status quo is likely to remain in place as a result.  Franchise agreements 
are evolving in any event as Manufacturers and retailers react to developments in technology, 
changing retail formats and new revenue models. 

GDPR 

From  May  2018  the  Group  will  be  required  to  comply  with  the  enhanced  EU  regulations 
regarding the use of personal data (“GDPR”).  Following an extensive review of the Group’s 
systems and procedures, we have established a detailed plan to ensure compliance with the 
new  regulation.    Our  systems  have  been  upgraded  to  enable  the  capture  and  recording  of 
preferences  which  will  drive  future  customer  contact.    Training  of  all  colleagues  involved  in 
customer  contact  is  underway,  and  a  new  post  of  Group  Data  and  Security  Manager  has 
been created in order to provide the required focus. 

Regulatory Environment  

The  Group,  via  its  subsidiary  trading  companies,  acts  as  a  credit  broker  for  several  finance 
company  partners,  both  Manufacturer  owned  and  independent,  who  provide  vehicle  finance 
to  the  Group’s  customers.  In  addition,  the  Group  sells  a  limited  range  of  other  regulated 
products.  The  Group  has  developed  a  robust  sales  and  compliance  process  to  ensure  that 
customers  are  treated  fairly,  addressing  such  potential  risk  areas  as  product  affordability, 
transparency of product explanations and ensuring remuneration structures protect customer 
outcomes.  Investment in systems to enhance control in these areas is ongoing. 

The Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) is currently performing a review of the motor finance 
sector,  which  is  due  to  be  completed  in  September  2018.    The  Group’s  Compliance 
Committee has reviewed the FCA update on its Motor Finance review, issued in March 2018, 
and continues to monitor the Group’s procedures and controls in this area.  

Diesel Vehicles 

Successive  Governments  have  encouraged  drivers,  via  the  taxation  system,  to  drive  diesel 
vehicles which produce lower amounts of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. This has enabled 
Governments to comply with European emissions targets, based upon CO2.  As a result the 
proportion of diesel vehicles in the vehicle parc has grown considerably. 

More  recently  focus  has  turned  to  the  fact  that  previous  generation  diesel  vehicles  produce 
higher  levels  of  nitrogen  oxide  and  particulates  emissions,  which  are  one  of  a  number  of 
sources  impacting  local  air  quality.  Cars  built  after  2015,  which  comply  with  Euro  6 
regulations,  produce  substantially  less  nitrogen  oxide  and  particulates  emissions  than  older 
engines,  and  the  introduction  of  Euro  6c  engines  from  August  2018  will  further  enhance  air 
quality  impacts.  There  has  been  a  considerable  amount  of  misinformation  regarding  these 
matters, and a lack of strategic direction and consistency from Governments, both in the UK  

Vertu Motors plc 

12 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Other Industry Issues (continued) 

Diesel Vehicles (continued) 

and  elsewhere  and  at  local  and  national  level.  This  situation  has  confused  customers  and 
made  them  fearful  of  diesel  in  its  totality  and  as  a  consequence  sales  of  the  more modern, 
environmentally friendly vehicles have reduced so reducing the potential speed of air quality 
improvements. UK registrations of diesel vehicles fell by 17.1% during 2017, with the rate of 
decline  accelerating  more  recently  to  31.9%  for  the  four  month  period  to  April  2018. 
Manufacturers  have  begun  to  react  by  switching  diesel  manufacturing  capacity  to  petrol  or 
hybrid  vehicles,  and  this  process  is  accelerating.    The  UK  used  diesel  vehicle  market  was 
buoyant  in  2017  with  transactions  growing  by  3.3%  as  more  diesel  vehicles  were  part 
exchanged for new petrol product.  Residual values of diesel vehicles versus petrol vehicles 
in  the  Period  saw  no  major  variation.    As  at  28  February  2018  diesel  vehicles  represented 
42.3% of the Group’s used vehicle inventory (2017: 45.7%). 

WLTP 

New  emission  testing  regulations  for  passenger  cars  come  into  effect  in  the  EU  on  1 
September  2018  called  Worldwide  Harmonised  Light  Vehicle  Test  Procedures  (“WLTP”).  
This  replaces  the  previous  New  European  Driving  Cycle  (“NEDC”)  testing  regimes.    From  1 
September 2018 only vehicles which have been tested under the new WLTP regime can be 
sold as new vehicles, with the possible exception of small volumes of vehicles which member 
states may allow to be sold in the short term under “derogation powers”.  This change has the 
capacity  to  cause  dislocation  in  manufacturer  production  schedules  and,  in  particular,  could 
lead to short term supply issues which may impact the important September market.  We are 
currently working with each of our manufacturer partners to assess this potential impact.  

Market Dynamics 

New Vehicles 

During  the  Period,  Sterling  traded  at  lower  levels  against  other  major  currencies,  and  this 
currency  depreciation  (which  began  in  June  2016  following  the  UK  referendum  on  EU 
membership)  impacted  the  supply  side  of  the  UK  new  vehicle  market.    The  majority  of 
vehicles  sold  in  the  UK  are  manufactured  in  factories  located  in  either  Euro,  Yen  or  Won 
currency  zones,  and  the  depreciation  of  Sterling  has  made  it  less  profitable  for  most 
Manufacturers  to  sell  vehicles  in  the  UK.    As  a  consequence,  several  manufacturers  have 
increased  selling  prices,  reassessed  their  UK  marketing  budgets  and  diverted  production  to 
other more profitable markets.  Manufacturers have also reduced their exposure to the lower 
margin  channels,  for  example  daily  rental,  fleet  and  broker  channels.    This  supply  side 
dynamic  has  also  put  downward  pressure  on  pre-registration  activity  in  the  market  place.  
These trends have been most evident in volume franchises which have reduced the supply of 
vehicles into the UK market.  While the same economic and currency related challenges have 
faced premium franchises, the higher margins available to these Manufacturers have enabled 
them to adopt a different, and more aggressive approach.  Seeing the retreat of the volume 
franchises,  they  have  kept  price  rises  to  a  minimum  and  have  continued  to  fund  attractive, 
often finance led, offers to the UK consumers.  As a consequence, premium franchises have 
grown their UK market share during the Period. 

On the demand side, the  period leading up to the  UK General  Election in June  2017 saw a 
from  July  onwards  but 
particularly  volatile  consumer  environment. 
demonstrated  weakness  again  during  the  pre-Christmas  period.    Consumer  confidence  has 
appeared to regain a degree of vibrancy in 2018 to date compared to 2017.  This consumer 
environment has been exacerbated by a lack of clarity from Government regarding its current 
and  future  policy  for  diesel  vehicles,  and  the  media  focus  on  this  issue.    This  has  led  to  a 
significant  shift  away  from  diesel  product  and  may  have  led  to  some  customers  delaying 
entering the market altogether whilst uncertainty persists. 

  This  stabilised 

Vertu Motors plc 

13 

 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Market Dynamics (continued) 

New Vehicles (continued) 

As  a  consequence  of  these  supply  and  demand  trends  the  UK  private  new  retail  vehicle 
registrations during the Period fell by 7.6% and car fleet volumes fell by 5.7%. 

The  light  commercial  vehicle  market  also  saw  selling  price  increases  and  a  reduction  in 
volumes, with UK registrations down by 3.5% in the Period.  The year-on-year price increases 
were in part due to the introduction in June 2016 of the more expensive Euro 6 models, and in 
part due to the currency impacts referred to above. 

Used Cars 

During the year ended 31 December 2017, the used car market in the UK recorded marginally 
declining  sales  of  1.1%  (SMMT)  against  a  backdrop  of  volatility  in  consumer  demand  and 
reduced supply of volume used cars as pre-registration activity reduced in line with the trends 
described above in the new car market.   

On the supply side of volume used cars, reducing part-exchanges as a result of declining new 
car sales volumes from April onwards, together with lower supply as a result of declining pre-
registration  volumes  and  a  contracting  daily  rental  market,  kept  wholesale  used  car  market 
prices robust as the Period progressed. 

The premium used car market diverged in trends from the volume car market.  The continued 
new car volume pressure described above, led to high levels of nearly new and pre-registered 
product in the market competing with strong new car offers.  Residual values saw significant 
falls as a result in the Period with a consequent impact on premium used car margins. 

Since 1 January 2018 more normalised  demand and  supply conditions have  been exhibited 
across the used car market in the UK. 

Aftersales 

The  aftersales  market  continued  to  benefit  during  the  Period  from  a  growing  vehicle  parc 
following several years of new car market growth.  The mix of service department work shifted 
in favour of warranty work as a consequence of several manufacturer recalls and significant 
product  quality  issues  affecting  a  number  of  franchises.    The  continuing  introduction  by 
manufacturers  of  increasingly  technologically  complex,  connected  vehicles  with  innovative 
engine and vehicle management systems is contributing to this trend.  A growth in retail and 
warranty  demand  was  partly  offset  by  reduced  internal  volumes  in  the  workshops  in  the 
preparation of cars for sale, particularly in relation to lower new car sales. 

The  rising  demand  for  aftersales  saw  a  lack  of  technician  resource  nationwide  in  2017  and 
this  constrained  sales  growth  in  workshops.    This  capacity  constraint  reduced  as  the  year 
went on due to: the impact of apprentice training from previous years; increasing numbers of 
trained technicians coming into the market; rising salaries attracting technicians from the non-
franchised sector and more resource becoming available as tougher sector market conditions 
led to a number of dealership closures in the UK. 

Manufacturers  continue  to  pursue  strategies  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  parts  distribution 
networks and to seek to reduce the supply push of parts into the retailer network.  Reduced 
rebates may arise from these changes, but benefits such as a reduction in low margin sales, 
lower  stockholding  and  obsolescence  costs  and  reduced  costs  of  funding  working  capital, 
may also accrue to the retailer. 

Vertu Motors plc 

14 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Group Revenues and Margins 

Year ended 28 February 2018 

Aftersales1 
Used cars 
New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 

Year ended 28 February 2017 

Aftersales1  
Used cars 
New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 

Revenue 
    £’m 
228.2 
1,068.9 
836.5 
662.5 
2,796.1 

Revenue 
    £’m 

227.0 
1,037.5 
909.4 
648.7 
2,822.6 

Revenue 
Mix 
    % 
8.2 
38.2 
29.9 
23.7 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
£’m 
124.7 
98.7 
64.1 
21.4 
308.9 

Revenue 
Mix 
    % 

Gross 
Margin 
£’m 

8.0 
36.8 
32.2 
23.0 
100.0 

123.4 
100.7 
68.3 
21.1 
313.5 

Gross 
Margin 
Mix 
% 
40.4 
31.9 
20.8 
6.9 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
Mix 
% 

39.4 
32.1 
21.8 
6.7 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
   % 
44.5 
9.2 
7.7 
3.2 
11.0 

Gross 
Margin 
   % 

44.6 
9.7 
7.5 
3.3 
11.1 

1 margin in aftersales expressed on internal and external revenue 

Revenues in the Period fell by 0.9% (£26.5m) to £2,796.1m (2017: £2,822.6m).  This included 
the  full  year  impact  of  prior  year  acquisitions  which  grew  by  £39.5m  more  than  offset  by 
closed  operations  contributing  a  year  on  year  revenue  reduction  of  £60.8m.    Group  like-for-
like revenues were flat at £2,569.9m (2017: £2,572.1m) despite a significant fall in new retail 
vehicle sales. 

The Group saw an increased proportion of revenues and gross profits generated by its higher 
margin  aftersales  and  used  car  operations.    These  operations  contributed  46.4%  (2017: 
44.8%)  of  revenues  and  72.3%  (2017:  71.5%)  of  gross  profit.    This  reflected  declining 
volumes in the new car retail and Motability channel. 

Gross margins in the Group remained stable at 11.0% (2017: 11.1%).  The positive effect of 
the higher aftersales and used car sales mix was offset by pressure in the used car channel 
on margins.  Used car margins fell from 9.7% to 9.2% and falls were particularly apparent in 
the premium franchises.  This was reflective of the market dynamics previously described. 

Aftersales 

The  Group’s  aftersales  operations,  which  comprise  servicing,  supply  of  parts,  accident 
repairs,  smart  repair  and  forecourt  activity,  form  a  vital  element  of  the  Group’s  business 
model,  since  significantly  higher  returns  are  generated  from  these  activities  than  those 
achieved in vehicle sales.  While aftersales represents 8.2% of Group revenues, it accounts 
for 40.4% of gross margin, so management focus on maintaining and improving performance 
in  this  area  is  crucial  to  the  Group’s  overall  results.  The  market  for  service  and  repair,  in 
particular, has expanded with the vehicle parc as new vehicle sales have grown over recent 
years  and  this  momentum  is  expected  to  continue  for  a  period.  The  Group  has  substantial 
opportunities to grow the  volume of the higher margin activities due to this  parc growth and 
self-help strategies to increase customer retention.  The rapid development of new technology 
in  vehicles  is  further  helping  to  improve  customer  retention  into  franchised  dealerships  as 
customers  become  increasingly  aware  of  the  expertise  and  factory  connectivity  required  to 
service modern connected vehicles. 

Vertu Motors plc 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Group Revenues and Margins (continued) 

Aftersales (continued) 

During the Period the Group has made significant progress in developing and expanding the 
resource  base  which  underpins  this  key  part  of  the  business.    A  number  of  successful 
initiatives have been implemented in the aftersales area:  

•  Earnings packages for both technicians and service advisors have been enhanced, both 
in terms of basic pay and bonus earnings potential.  This has helped a major recruitment 
campaign which has substantially reduced the number of technician vacancies.   

•  The  Group  has  recruited  138  apprentices  into  the  aftersales  arena  during  the  Period  to 
secure the future growth in the business and will continue to invest heavily in this area.  

•  The  Group  has  also  established  an  innovative  degree  apprenticeship  scheme  in 
partnership  with  Northumbria  University  to  recruit  service  advisors  who  will  develop  into 
our  aftersales  leaders  of  the  future.    The  first  nine  colleagues  recruited  to  this  five  year 
programme  joined  the  Group  in  August  and  a  further  cohort  of  12  is  planned  to  be 
recruited in the coming months.  A Business Management Degree is studied for as part of 
the Programme, funded by the Apprenticeship Levy.  

•  As  part  of  the  Group’s  ongoing  programme  of  capital  investment  in  the  dealership 
infrastructure,  each  refurbishment  or  redevelopment  project  undertaken  has  sought  to 
improve  and  maximise  the  productive  capacity  of  the  aftersales  departments.    Service 
departments  have  been  extended  and  restructured  to  increase  the  number  of  ramps 
available and to enhance efficiency.  

•  The  Group  has  introduced  further  initiatives  to  increase  workshop  capacity  through  shift 
patterns,  longer  opening  hours  (including  weekends),  mobile  van  servicing  and  two 
technicians per ramp initiatives. 

This focus on increasing the Group’s ability to meet customer demand for vehicle servicing in 
flexible  ways  is  essential  as  customers  are  seeking  and  expecting  a  more  flexible  “on 
demand”  vehicle  servicing  experience,  which  is  more  convenient  for  them.    In  addition,  fast 
“while you wait” servicing is also likely to increase in scope.  While customers find franchised 
dealerships  good  value  for  money  and  expert  on  the  product,  leakage  does  occur  to  the 
independent aftermarket which can be perceived as more local and more convenient in terms 
of opening hours.    

The table below sets out the Group’s like-for-like aftersales revenues and margins, including 
both internal and external revenue: 

Service revenue 

Parts and accident repair revenue 

Like-for-like aftersales revenue 

Service gross margin 

Parts and accident repair gross margin  

Like-for-like aftersales gross margin 

Growth 

4.7% 

1.4% 

2.7% 

2018 
    £’m 

102.8 

145.8 

248.6 

76.4% 

23.0% 

45.1% 

2017 
    £’m 

98.2 

143.8 

242.0 

77.3% 

23.1% 

45.1% 

Vertu Motors plc 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Group Revenues and Margins (continued) 

Aftersales (continued) 

Like-for-like margins were stable at 45.1% assisted by an increase in the mix of higher margin 
service  revenues,  and  like-for-like  gross  profits  grew  by  a  significant  £3.0m  (2.7%)  in  the 
Period.    Service  revenues  rose  4.7%  on  a  like-for-like  basis,  representing  the  eighth 
successive  year  of  growth  in  this  key  high  margin  area.    Like-for-like  service  margins  fell 
slightly to 76.4% (2017: 77.3%) due to the impact of higher salary levels for technicians and 
lower  efficiency  as  inefficient  diagnostic  and  warranty  work  increased  at  a  faster  rate  than 
more  efficient  routine  servicing  revenues.    Increased  service  revenues  are  the  result  of  the 
significant focus in the Group on driving operational excellence in service to enhance financial 
performance, the delivery of excellent customer experiences to increase customer loyalty and 
the success of the service plan retention strategy.    

Supply of Manufacturer parts continues to be a vital part of the retailer model.  Parts revenues 
rose 1.6% on a like-for-like basis while margins strengthened to 21.4% (2017: 21.3%).  

The table below shows the volumes of vehicles sold on a like-for-like basis: 

Used retail vehicles 
New retail cars 
Motability cars  
Fleet and commercial vehicles 
Total New vehicles 

2018 
Like-for-
Like 
79,052 
34,811 
10,650 
34,555 
80,016 

2018 
Acquired1 

2018 
Total 

769 
601 
120 
297 
1,018 

79,821 
35,412 
10,770 
34,852 
81,034 

2017 
Like-for-
Like 
79,445 
40,157 
11,127 
36,235 
87,519 

2017 
Total 

81,636 
41,525 
11,396 
36,741 
89,662 

Like-for- 
Like 

%  
Variance 

(0.5%) 
(13.3%) 
(4.3%) 
(4.6%) 
(8.6%) 

Total 
%  
Variance 

(2.2%) 
(14.7%) 
(5.5%) 
(5.1%) 
(9.6%) 

159,068 

1,787 

160,855 

166,964 

171,298 

(4.73%) 

(6.1%) 

1 relates to businesses acquired or developed subsequent to 1 March 2016 with businesses included within like-for-
like once they have been in the Group for over 12 months 

Used retail vehicles 

During  the  Period  the  Group  increased  both  total  and  like-for-like  used  vehicle  revenues  by 
3.0%.    This  was  driven  by  price  increases  as  like-for-like  average  sales  prices  rose  in  the 
Period by 4.0% from £12,445 to £12,945. 

Following six years of consecutive like-for-like volume growth in used vehicle sales, the Group 
recorded  a  0.5%  like-for-like  volume  decline  during  the  Period.    The  decline  in  volume 
occurred during the second half of the Period in line with the market trends recorded by the 
SMMT.    The  supply  side  factors  influencing  this  included  lower  levels  of  pre-registration 
stocks  held  by  the  Group  due  to  less  supply  push  from  manufacturers,  and  hitting  new  car 
targets without the need for self-registrations which are then sold as used cars.  The demand 
side factors related to the weaker consumer environment during the pre-Christmas period.  In 
these  circumstances  the  Group  elected  not  to  sacrifice  margin  in  the  pursuit  of  volume,  as 
evidenced by the higher gross profit per unit in the second half of the year of £1,278 (2017 H2 
: £1,222).  Higher average sales prices in the Period had a significant impact on diluting gross 
margin  percentages  from  9.7%  to  9.2%.    Margin  erosion  was  particularly  apparent  in  the 
Group’s premium franchises where nearly new product was oversupplied in the market place 
and highly competitive new car offers had a depressing impact on the sales prices that could 
be achieved on used product.   

Like-for-like used car gross margins actually  increased from 9.5% in the first half to 9.6% in 
the  second  half.    The  impact  of  these  margin  trends  across  the  Period  was  that  the  gross 
profit generated from like-for-like used vehicle sales fell by £2.6m; £2.1m of this decline was 
in H1 and £0.5m in H2. 

Vertu Motors plc 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Group Revenues and Margins (continued) 

New retail cars and Motability 

Changes in new vehicle sales volumes during the Period were as follows:- 

Volumes: 
New retail vehicles 
Motability vehicles 
Fleet new cars 
Commercial new vehicles 

Increase/(decrease) year-on-year 

Total 
% 

(14.7) 
(5.5) 
(6.0) 
(4.1) 

Like-for-Like 
% 

SMMT 
Registrations 
% 

(13.3) 
(4.3) 
(5.0) 
(4.2) 

(7.6) 
(2.7) 
(5.7) 
(3.5) 

During the Period the Group’s like-for-like new car retail volumes reduced by 13.3% and the 
UK private new retail registrations declined by 7.6% (SMMT) as shown in the table below.  As 
a consequence the Group lost market share in the Period reflecting the decline of the Group’s 
volume manufacturers in the period compared to the market as a whole. 

Volumes: 

SMMT registrations (Private) 
Group new retail cars 

Six months ended 
31 August 2017 
% 
(6.4) 
(14.7) 

Six months ended 
28 February 2018 
% 
(9.0) 
(11.7) 

12 months ended 
28 February 2018 
% 
(7.6) 
(13.3) 

The  Group’s  trends  in  new  retail  car  sales  more  closely  mirrored  the  trends  in  the  SMMT 
registrations  in  the  second  half  of  the  Period  since  the  distorting  impact  of  self-registrations 
included  in  the  SMMT  data  (but  not  Group  new  retail  car  sales  volumes)  reduced.    This 
corresponded with the reduction in supply to the UK in volumes franchises described earlier 
as a consequence of weaker Sterling.   

The  Motability  new  car  market  declined  by  2.7%  during  the  Period  due  to  some  volume 
Manufacturers  reducing  supply  into  this  low  margin  channel,  and  the  impact  of Government 
welfare reforms.  Motability continues to be a major strength of the Group and a major driver 
of servicing demand since Motability supplied vehicles have a three year servicing plan linked 
to  them  that  retains  them  to  the  supplying  retailer.    The  Group  saw  like-for-like  Motability 
vehicle sales decline by 4.3%. 

During the Period like-for-like selling  prices  increased by  4.8% as  Manufacturers passed on 
an  element  of  the  impact  of  the  currency  weakness.    The  Group  maintained  strong  pricing 
disciplines  and  continued  to  achieve  Manufacturer  volume  targets  at  high  levels  during  the 
Period resulting in an increase in gross margins to 7.7% (2017: 7.5%) and a reduction in the 
Group’s self-registration activity. 

Fleet & Commercial new vehicle sales 

During  the  Period  the  Group  saw  like-for-like  selling  prices  in  the  fleet  and  commercial 
segment increase by 7.2% as the major volume Manufacturers sought to protect their margins 
and  increase  prices  in  these  channels.    The  Group’s  like-for-like  sales  volumes  reduced  by 
4.6%,  slightly  better  than  the  market  which  fell  by  5.2%  (SMMT).    This  reflected  a  stronger 
volume performance in the second half of the Period as the Group took more market share. 
While  gross  profit  per  unit  remained  strong  at  £582  (2017:  £560)  the  higher  selling  prices 
resulted in slightly lower gross profit margin at 3.2% (2017: 3.3%).  

Vertu Motors plc 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Exceptional item 

On 31 August 2017 the Group undertook a sale and leaseback transaction realising £14.2m 
on a recently acquired and redeveloped dealership property (Jaguar Land Rover Leeds) with 
a book value of £10m. The lease commitment was for 15  years, the initial rent was at open 
market value and the terms of the periodic rent reviews contain appropriate protection against 
future  increases.  This  transaction  demonstrates  both  the  quality  and  value  of  the  property 
portfolio. 

During  January  2018  the  Group  disposed  of  its  former  Volkswagen  dealership  in  Boston, 
Lincolnshire.   The  disposal  included  a  freehold  dealership  property  which  realised  a  loss  on 
disposal of £0.5m, and a further £0.1m of goodwill was also written off resulting in a loss on 
disposal of £0.6m.  This loss has been offset against the profit of £4.1m on the disposal of the 
property referred to above, resulting in a net exceptional property gain of £3.5m. 

Managing operating expenses  

In an inherently low margin business, it is vital that a disciplined framework of cost control is in 
place  and  that  this  is  a  core  competency  for  operational  management.  This  is  even  more 
important  than  ever  in  the  current  environment  of  softer  new  vehicle  volumes  and  cost 
pressure  evident  across  the  UK  retail  sector.  The  Group’s  cost  control  framework  is  built 
around  a  highly  detailed  business  planning  approach  which  is  undertaken  annually  for  all 
dealerships, profit centres and cost centres.  Once the business plans are established, costs 
are  benchmarked  on  a  monthly  basis  for  every  dealership  against  the  business  plans,  prior 
year  levels,  internal  benchmarks  and  recognised  industry  key  performance  indicators  to 
maintain  control  and  to  identify  opportunities  for  additional  cost  or  efficiency  improvements.  
The Group’s central purchasing function also pursues cost efficiencies and scale purchasing 
benefits in the procurement and monitoring of utilities and other goods not-for-resale. 

The Group is also focused on driving productivity and efficiency into the business to enhance 
cash profits and offset cost headwinds.  A committee chaired by the CEO has been in place 
for the last two years with a remit to identify and execute these productivity gains and these 
have  borne  fruit.    Colleagues  are  incentivised  to  identify  bureaucracy,  costs  and  processes 
that  do  not  add  value  via  a  “You  Suggest”  scheme,  which  has  also  yielded  some  excellent 
areas for action. Several more medium term projects are also in place to increase operational 
efficiencies and to reduce costs.  Projects are assessed to achieve a cash payback within two 
years and often payback is shorter. 

Total  operating  expenses  in  the  period  fell  from  £281.5m  to  £280.1m  and  like-for-like 
operating expenses grew by £3m or 1.2%.  This represents a significant result in the current 
environment.  All of the growth on a like-for-like basis arose in the second half of the Period.  
As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  operating  expenses  remained  flat  at  10.0%  (2017:  10.0%).  
This  demonstrates  the  significant  focus  which  the  Group  has  continued  to  place  upon  cost 
control.    The  action  taken  to  fix,  re-franchise,  sell  or  close  underperforming  dealerships  has 
removed  unproductive  cost  bases  from  the  business,  and  the  continued  search  for 
productivity  improvements  has  minimised  the  significant  impact  of  increases  in  taxes  and 
other  Government  imposed  costs  (business  rates,  apprenticeship  levy,  minimum  wage)  as 
well as other inflationary impacts upon the Group’s trading results. 

The increase in like-for-like operating expenses includes:- 
•  higher (non-cash) depreciation as a consequence of increased capital investment levels 

over the last two years (£1.0m) 

•  higher business rates on dealership properties (£0.3m) 
• 
• 

the recruitment of technician, parts and service adviser apprentices (£0.3m) 
the  recruitment  of  additional  service  advisors,  and  enhancements  to  service  advisor 
packages (£0.7m) 

•  higher vehicle cleaning costs reflecting increased resources required as service demand 

grew and increased pay rates (£0.7m) 

Vertu Motors plc 

19 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Managing operating expenses (continued) 

• 

the  recruitment  of  additional  colleagues  to  support  the  development  of  the  Group’s 
internet and digital marketing activities (£1.1m) 

•  higher spend in  the final  quarter  of the Period  on TV advertising to support the Group’s 

new car sales in March 2018 (£0.4m) 

These increases have been offset by headcount and other cost savings achieved in the sales 
departments as vehicle sales volumes have declined  

Interest charges 

Net finance costs in the period reduced to £1.9m (2017: £2.3m). The Group’s tight control of 
working capital reduced bank interest payable from £0.9m to £0.7m. Lower stocking interest 
payable on new vehicle funding facilities arose reflecting reduced new vehicle inventory levels 
during  the  Period,  as  Manufacturers  reduced  supply  of  new  vehicles  into  the  UK  due  to  the 
weakness in the value of Sterling. 

Bank interest payable 
Vehicle stocking interest expense  
Pension fund: net interest income 

Managing Pension Costs 

Year ended 28 
February 2018 

Year ended 28 
February 2017 

£’m 
0.7 
1.3 
(0.1) 
1.9 

£’m 
0.9 
1.6 
(0.2) 
2.3 

The  Bristol  Street  defined  benefit  pension  scheme  is  closed  to  future  membership  and 
accrual.  During the Period the Group made cash contributions of £0.4m (2017: £0.4m) to the 
scheme. 

This  defined  benefit  scheme  showed  a  surplus  as  at  28  February  2018  of  £6.6m  (2017: 
surplus  £1.9m).    The  increase  in  the  surplus  is  due  to  a  0.3%  increase  in  the  discount  rate 
applied  to  scheme  liabilities,  driven  by  increased  corporate  bond  yields,  lower  inflation 
assumptions  and  lower  expectations  of  future  mortality  improvements.    During  the  current 
year the Group’s cash contributions to the scheme will reduce to £30,000 per annum as the 
current recovery plan ended on 31 March 2018 with an increase in the Group’s free cash flow 
generation  as  a  consequence.    The  next  triennial  valuation  of  the  scheme  is  due  on  5  April 
2018 and this is expected to show the scheme remains well funded on an actuarial basis. 

Managing Tax Payments 

Taxation  represents  one  of  the  single  biggest  costs  to  the  Group.    In  the  year  the  Group 
expensed £5.8m in corporation tax, £16.6m in  Employers’  National  Insurance Contributions, 
£9m  in  business  rates  and  £0.7m  in  the  apprenticeship  levy.    These  four  taxes  alone  total 
£32.1m (2017: £31.0m). 

Through  its  tax  strategy  the  Group  seeks  to  pay  its  fair  share  of  tax  in  compliance  with  UK 
legislation.    The  Group  does  not  engage  in  any  aggressive  tax  planning  and  the  Group  is 
classified by HMRC as ‘low risk’.  Within this context, the effective rate of corporation tax for 
the  year was 18.9% (2017: 19.5%).  The current  year rate is slightly below the standard UK 
Corporation  Tax  rate  for  the  Period  and  the  Board  expects  that  the  Group’s  tax  rate  should 
remain  close  to  the  headline  UK  Corporation  Tax  rate  in  the  future  as  this  rate  declines  to 
17% by 2020.   

Vertu Motors plc 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Capital Structure  

The  Group  has  an  ungeared  balance  sheet  with  shareholders’  funds  of  £264.4m  (2017: 
£246.4m), representing net assets per share of 68.9p (2017: 62.3p) as at 28 February 2018.  
The  Group  has  tangible  net  assets  of  £174.3m  (2017:  £156.1m)  and  the  balance  sheet  is 
underpinned  by  a  freehold  and  long  leasehold  property  portfolio,  including  assets  held  for 
resale,  of  £183.8m  (2017:  £182.0m). The  Group  has  a  robust  tangible  net  assets  per  share 
value  of  45.4p  as  a  result.    The  Board  believes  that  a  strong  balance  sheet  backed  by 
property assets used in the business, and where debt taken on is long term in nature rather 
than  short  term,  is  in  the  interests  of  the  business’s  owners.    This  approach  reduces  the 
Group’s exposure to interest rate and rent increases and makes the business highly resilient 
in the event of a cyclical downturn in activity.   

The Group finances its operations by a mixture of shareholders’ equity, bank borrowings and 
trade  credit  from  suppliers  and  Manufacturer  partners.    On  28  February  2018,  the  Group 
extended its five  year acquisition facility with Barclays Bank plc and Royal Bank of Scotland 
plc  for  a  further  year.    This  facility,  which  now  matures  on  27  February  2023,  provides  the 
Group  with  £40m  of  committed  borrowing  capacity  with  the  potential  to  add  a  further  £30 
million  which  is  currently  uncommitted.    £10  million  of  this  facility  was  drawn  as  at  28 
February  2018.    Interest  is  payable  on  this  facility  at  LIBOR  plus  a  rate  between  1.3%  and 
2.1%  depending  upon  the  ratio  of  net  debt  to  EBITDA.    In  order  to  reduce  the  Group’s 
exposure  to  interest  rate  risk,  the  Board  entered  into  a  three  year  interest  rate  swap  on  31 
July 2017, maturing on 31 July 2020 in respect of the £10m drawn on the loan facilities.  This 
swap fixes the underlying LIBOR rate payable at 0.675%. 

In addition to conventional bank borrowing, the Group also utilises used car stocking loans on 
a very limited basis.  These loans with third party banks are subject to interest at 1.5% above 
LIBOR and are secured on the related vehicles.  As at 28 February 2018, these borrowings 
amounted  to  £12.8m  (2017:  £8.7m)  representing  14.5%  of  the  value  of  the  Group’s  used 
vehicles  (2017:  11.7%).    The  Group  considers  such  borrowings  as  debt  and  includes  such 
amounts in the calculation of gearing and net debt (cash).  These facilities are short term in 
nature and can be called to be repaid on demand.  As a consequence, these facilities are not 
extensively utilised to fund long term assets. 

The  Group  operated  with  cash  balances  for  much  of  the  year  and  additional  facilities  are 
utilised  to  fund  significant  peak  working  capital  requirements  following  plate  change  months 
and quarter ends.  The Group has £73m of overdraft and other money market facilities.  On 
the  overdraft,  interest  was  paid  on  drawn  amounts  at  1.1%  above  Base  Rate,  and  on  the 
money market facilities interest was paid at 1.1% above LIBOR. As at 28 February 2018, the 
Group  had  cash  balances  of  £41.7m  (2017:  £39.8m)  and,  as  a  consequence,  net  cash  of 
£19.3m (2017: net cash £21.0m). 

During  the  period,  the  Group  comfortably  complied  with  all  of  the  financial  covenants  in 
respect  of  its  borrowing  facilities,  which  include  net  debt  to  EBITDA  and  interest  and  lease 
costs to EBITDAR. 

The  cash  position  at  28  February  2018  reflects  the  seasonal  reduction  in  working  capital, 
typical  of  the  industry,  which  arises  at  the  month  end  prior  to  a  plate  change  month.    As  a 
result  of  the  normal  seasonal  movements  in  working  capital  the  year-end  cash  position  is 
higher  than  the  normalised  cash  balances  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  year  by 
approximately £20m.  

Capital Allocation 

Consideration  of  capital  allocation  is  central  to  the  Board’s  decision  making.    The  Board 
proactively believes that the Group’s funding structure should remain highly conservative and 
that the application of the Group’s debt facilities to fund activities or acquisitions which meet 
the  Group’s  hurdle  rates  for  investment,  will  enhance  return  on  equity  and  increase  cash 
profits in the future. 

Vertu Motors plc 

21 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Capital Allocation (continued) 

The  Board  seeks  to  balance  the  dealership  portfolio  between  freehold  and  leasehold 
premises  to  ensure  appropriate  capital  allocation.    During  the  financial  year  the  Group 
undertook  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  the  recently  redeveloped  Jaguar  Land  Rover  Leeds 
dealership property, realising £14.2m of cash, against the book value of the property of £10m.  
This transaction demonstrated both the quality and value of the Group’s property portfolio and 
the Board’s consideration of capital allocation in  its willingness to be flexible as to operating 
with  either  freehold  or  leasehold  properties,  on  the  right  terms.      The  Board  adopts  a 
conservative approach to the terms of leases, favouring lease breaks to provide flexibility and 
open market value rent reviews to manage rent increase risks.  The lease commitment under 
the sale and leaseback transaction was for a period of 15 years, the initial rent was at open 
market value and the terms of the periodic rent reviews contain appropriate lessee protection 
against future increases.  As at 28 February 2018, freehold locations represented 52% of the 
Group’s property portfolio (2017: 53%). 

The Group commenced its Share Buy-back Programme in July 2017 and as at 8 May 2018, 
18.0m  shares,  representing  4.53%  of  the  issued  share  capital,  have  been  purchased  at  an 
average  price  of  43.8p,  had  been  acquired  for  cancellation  for  a  total  of  £7.9m.   The  Board 
believes that this  is an  appropriate use  of capital and  we expect share  Buy-backs to form a 
relevant element of  our returns to our shareholders,  alongside  dividend  payments at interim 
and full year.  The consequence of the Buy-back Programme to date will be to reduce future 
dividend payments, based on 1.5p per share, equating to an annual saving of £270,000 cash.  
Since  the  Group  commenced  dividend  payments  in  2011,  our  dividend  has  increased  by 
200% in absolute terms, including the 7.1% increase this year.  The Board will seek to renew 
approval  to  repurchase  10%  of  the  issued  share  capital  at  the  forthcoming  Annual  General 
Meeting.   

In common with most sector participants, the Group continues a programme of major capital 
investment to increase the capacity in existing dealerships and to meet revised Manufacturer 
franchise standards.  In particular, significant sums are being invested in increasing capacity 
and  enhancing  the  retail  environment  of  the  Jaguar  Land  Rover  dealerships  with  the 
implementation  of  the  “Arch”  concept  and  similar  developments  are  planned  to  improve 
certain of the Group’s dealerships representing the Mercedes-Benz franchise.  These were as 
envisaged  at  the  time  of  the  Greenoaks  acquisition.    The  bulk  of  these  projects  will  be 
completed  in  the  current  financial  year,  after  which  the  Group’s  allocation  of  capital  to  the 
existing  dealership  portfolio  will  significantly  decrease  as  set  out  in  the  next  section.    The 
Board  critically  evaluates  all  proposed  capital  expenditure  to  ensure  it  makes  sense  from  a 
capital  allocation  and  shareholder  return  perspective,  and  has  chosen  not  to  undertake  a 
number  of  prospective  projects  following  such  reviews  where  it  believes  appropriate  returns 
may not be generated. 

The  Group  regularly  reviews  its  capital  allocation  within  its  existing  dealership  and  property 
portfolio.  The  importance  of  property  arrangements  within  an  automotive  retail  business 
should not  be underestimated.  The Property Committee, chaired  by the CEO and including 
external advisors, meets monthly to formally review and actively manage the Group’s property 
portfolio.  The  management  of  the  Group’s  property  portfolio  to  maximise  cash  returns  from 
surplus assets is an important driver of both cash flows to the Group over time and ensuring 
appropriate  capital  allocation.    The  Board  balances  the  need  to  recycle  surplus  assets  into 
cash  as  quickly  as  possible  with  the  requirement  to  maximise  the  ultimate  cash  generation 
from taking advantage of planning consents.  Surplus assets arise from the ‘pruning’ of poor 
performing dealerships, the relocation of businesses and the sale of surplus land acquired in 
the  development  of new dealerships  and from acquisitions.   During the Period,  this  process 
recycled  £1.2m  of  property  and  £1.6m  of  working  capital  from  marginal  or  loss-making 
businesses closed or disposed of in the Period to activities generating higher returns. 

As  at  the  date  of  this  report  the  Group  is  actively  engaged  in  the  marketing  of  a  number  of 
surplus  freehold  assets.  The  Group  sold  one  such  surplus  property  subsequent  to  28 
February 2018, generating cash proceeds of £2.0m, compared to the £1.4m book value.   

Vertu Motors plc 

22 

 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Capital Expenditure 

The  cash  impact  of  capital  expenditure  and  disposals  during  the  Period,  along  with  the 
anticipated spend in future years, is set out below: 

Purchase of property 
New dealership build 
Existing dealership capacity increases 
Manufacturer-led refurbishment projects 
IT and other ongoing capital expenditure  
Movement on capital creditor 
Cash outflow from capital expenditure 
Proceeds from Sale and leaseback and 
property sales 
Net Cashflow from capital investment 

FY 
2016 
£'m 
6.3 
1.8 
4.5 
3.2 
5.1 
(0.4) 
20.5 

(1.1) 
19.4 

Actual 

FY  
2017 
£'m 
5.3 
10.4 
5.9 
2.4 
4.8 
0.7 
29.5 

(1.0) 
28.5 

FY 
2018 
£'m 
4.3 
4.3 
8.2 
3.0 
4.9 
(0.6) 
24.1 

(14.3) 
9.8 

Estimate 
FY 
2019 
£'m 
1.6 
4.6 
13.1 
9.9 
4.8 
   - 
34.0 

(4.6) 
29.4 

FY 
2020 
£'m 
- 
2.5 
4.4 
4.6 
4.0 
- 
15.5 

- 
15.5 

During  the  Period  the  Group  purchased  the  freehold  interest  in  its  leased  Bradford  Land 
Rover  dealership  at  a  cost  of  £3.6m.    The  passing  rent  under  the  lease  was  £190,000  per 
annum, with a rent review due at the time of purchase.  This acquisition will allow the Group 
greater flexibility over the site configuration as the dealership is redeveloped under the Land 
Rover ‘Arch’ concept in 2020.  In addition, £0.7m was invested in additional land for vehicle 
storage in Bradford to improve the efficiency of the retail operation. 

in 

the  year 

the  main  project 

the  new  dealership  build  category  was 

During 
the 
commencement of construction of the ‘Arch’ concept Jaguar Land Rover dealership in Bolton.  
This  £8.3m  project,  managed  by  the  Group’s  in-house  team  of  project  managers  and 
surveyors, will be completed in July 2018, bringing together in one flagship freehold location, 
the Land Rover and Jaguar outlets currently operating from leasehold premises in Bury and 
Bolton.    The  new  dealership  utilises  surplus  land  adjacent  to  another  of  the  Group’s 
dealerships so maximising returns from the Group’s freehold property portfolio. 

Major projects to increase the capacity of the existing dealerships during the year included the 
extension  and  refurbishment  of  Bolton  Ford  to  create  a  ‘Ford  Store’  as  well  as  the 
redevelopment  of  the  showroom  facilities  at  the  Shirley  Ford  dealership,  following  the 
relocation of aftersales activities offsite.  Shirley is one of the Group’s top performing new and 
used car outlets and the customer experience, for used sales in particular, will be enhanced 
by  this  investment.    Offsite  aftersales  and  pre-delivery  inspection  facilities  were  also 
developed  for  the  Chesterfield  and  Nelson  Land  Rover  dealership  to  facilitate  the  future 
development of these locations under the ‘Arch’ concept. 

In  the  year  ending  28  February  2019,  major  projects  are  being  undertaken  to  increase 
existing  dealership  capacity.    These  will  include  redevelopments  of  Reading  and  Slough 
Mercedes-Benz,  Nelson,  Chesterfield  and  Guiseley  Land  Rover  and  Bradford  Jaguar  Land 
Rover.  These developments will deliver operations with greater capacity for sales and service 
and will underpin the Group’s future profitability and cash generation.  

The  Board  is  confident  that  the  significant  reduction  in  future  capital  spend  anticipated  in 
FY2020  will  deliver  enhanced  free  cash  flow  from  the  business.    By  the  end  of  the  year 
practically  all  the  dealership  estate  will  have  been  redeveloped  updated  to  the  latest 
manufacturer standards in recent years. 

Vertu Motors plc 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Managing Working Capital 

The Group has generated cash from operating activities of £27.3m from an operating profit of 
£32.3m.  Working capital absorbed £13.3m in the year following a number of years of positive 
working  capital  movements  generating  cash.    All  of  the  working  capital  absorption  arose 
during the first half of the Period.   

The Group has significant  levels of working capital  in  the form of inventory, receivables and 
payables.    These  are  subject  to  significant,  yet  predictable,  seasonal  fluctuations  which 
coincide  with  plate  change  months  and  quarterly  Manufacturer  new  car  campaigns.    In 
addition,  Manufacturer  new  vehicle  supply  levels  and  financing  changes  can  also  impact 
working capital patterns over time.  The Group benefits from VAT reclaimed on new vehicle 
inventory  invoiced  from  the  Manufacturer  which  has  yet  to  be  paid  for  in  cash.    At  the 
beginning of the Period, these inventory levels declined, resulting in a VAT cash outflow in the 
first  half  of  the  Period  of  £16.8m.    This  partially  reversed  in  the  second  half  of  the  Period.  
During  the  final  quarter  of  the  Period  the  value  of  this  inventory  and  corresponding  creditor 
increased to above prior year levels, resulting in a £10.2m increase in VAT receivable in the 
February 2018 balance sheet when compared to February 2017.  This cash was received in 
April 2018 so reducing working capital levels at that point. 

Lower  new  vehicle  sales  in  September  2017  and  March  2018  were  expected  to  generate 
lower part exchange supply for the Group’s used car operations, hence the Group decided to 
increase used vehicle inventory going into September and March to compensate.  In addition, 
average  value  per  used  vehicle  increased  year  on  year.    As  a  consequence,  total  used  car 
stock  levels  increased  to  £88.3m  at  the  end  of  February  2018  (2017:  £74.0m).    Partially 
offsetting this  working capital absorption  is a reduction in fully paid  new  vehicle  stock and a 
£4m  increase  in  the  value  of  cash  held  in  respect  of the  Group’s  warranty  and  service  plan 
products. 

Free cashflow to equity 

The Board regularly measures the long term free cashflow (operating cashflow less interest, 
capital  expenditure  and  tax,  before  acquisitions  and  dividends)  as  a  return  on  the 
shareholders’  cash  invested  capital  (capital  raised  plus  after-tax  operating  profits  less 
dividends).  This measure, when compared to the cost of capital, provides an indication of the 
extent to which cash, hence value, is being created in the long term.  This measure stands at 
10.6%  over  the  11  years  since  the  Group’s  formation  (2017:  12.1%  over  10  years).    This 
return  compares  favourably  to  the  Group’s  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  of  8%.    The 
reduction in the recent Period indicated above is a result of the high level of cash deployed on 
capital investment in the Period.  As set out above, we expect this level of capital investment 
to  increase  in  the  current  financial  year  before  declining  in  2020,  when  the  free  cashflow  to 
equity metric should begin to increase.  

Dividends 

During the six year period since the Group commenced payment of dividends to its owners in 
2011, over £23.1m has been returned to the owners of the business through dividends, with 
the  dividend  per  share  increasing  by  200%  over  the  same  period.    The  dividend  has  been 
funded from cash generated from operations, without any negative impact on ongoing capital 
expenditure programmes nor funding of suitable acquisitions. 

The Board has proposed an increase in the final dividend for 2018, payable on 30 July 2018 
subject  to  approval  at  the  AGM,  to  0.95  pence  per  share  (2017:  0.9p),  which,  when  taken 
together with the interim dividend paid in January 2018 of 0.55 pence per share (2017: 0.5p), 
provides a total dividend for the year of 1.50 pence per share (2017: 1.40p).  This represents 
an increase of 7.1% and a dividend cover of 3.9 times (2017: 4.7 times) based upon adjusted 
earnings  per  share.    The  ex-dividend  date  will  be  21  June  2018  and  the  associated  record 
date 22 June 2018.  

Vertu Motors plc 

24 

 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Dividends (continued) 

The proposed full year dividend of 1.50 pence represents an annualised cash dividend, based 
on  the  number  of  shares  in  issue  at  28  February  2018,  of  £5.7m  (2017:  £5.5m).    The 
implementation of the share buyback programme has, of course, reduced the cash impact of 
dividend increases in the Period.  The distributable reserves in the parent company balance 
sheet as at 28 February 2018 were £72.2m (2017: £58.9m).  At this level of pay-out the Board 
does  not  consider  there  to  be  any  significant  risks  to  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  to  pay 
dividends other than those risks listed in the annual report.  

Key Performance Indicators 

The  Group  has  a  number  of  Key  Performance  Indicators  (“KPI’s”)  by  which  it  monitors  its 
business.  These include analysis of results by channel; as set out on page 15, together with 
the below: 

KPI 

Definition 

Performance 

Risk Factor Link 

Adjusted 

EPS 

Adjusted profit after tax divided by 
weighted average number of shares 
(note 13) 

FY18 – Adjusted EPS of 5.79p 

FY17 – Adjusted EPS of 6.54p 

I

s
P
K

l

Adjusted 
PBT 

Profit before tax, amortisation, share 
based payments charge and 
exceptional items 

FY18 – Adjusted PBT £28.6m 
FY17 – Adjusted PBT £31.5m 

Gross 

Margin by channel 

Gross profit divided by revenue by 
channel 

See page 15  

Like for Like Used 
Volume growth 

Number of used vehicles sold in 
dealerships with comparable trading 
periods in two consecutive years 

FY18 – decline (0.5%) 
FY17 – growth of 7.1% 

Like for Like New 
Retail volume 
compared to UK 
private registrations 

Number of new retail vehicles sold in 
dealerships with comparable trading 
periods in two consecutive years 
compared to the movement in UK 
private registrations 

Like for Like Service 
Revenue growth 

Retail labour sales activity direct to 
consumers for the servicing and 
repair of motor vehicles in 
dealerships with comparable trading 
periods in two consecutive years 

Group 
FY18 – decline of (13.3%) 
FY17 – decline of (6.4%) 
UK private registrations 
FY18 – decline of (7.6%) 
FY17 – decline of (1.0%) 

FY18 – Retail growth 4.7% 
FY17 – Retail growth 5.8% 

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

I

s
P
K

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

/

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

❶❷❸❹❺ 

❻❼❽❾❿ 

⓫⓬⓭⓮ 

❶❷❸❹❺ 

❻❼❽❾❿ 

⓫⓬⓭⓮ 

❷❸❹❺❻ 

❾⓮ 

❷❸❺❻❾ 

⓬⓭ 

❷❸❺❾⓬⓮ 

❷❻❽❾ 

Online 

Growth 

Website visits to all Group trading 
websites 

FY18 – 12.9m visitors 

FY17 – 11.1m visitors 

❷❸❼❾❿ 

⓫ 

Customer 
Service 

Customer service is measured via 
email survey responses from 
customers gathered by our 
manufacturer partners for new 
vehicles or on Judge Service for used 
vehicles 

97% (FY17 96%) of our used vehicle 
customers would recommend us – 
Judge Service 

❹❼❽❾ 

Vertu Motors plc 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Risk Management Process 

THE BOARD 
Responsibility for identifying significant risks, determining the Group’s risk appetite and oversight of the 
principal risks to the Group’s strategic objectives 

HEALTH AND SAFETY 
COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities for 
compliance with Health & Safety 
and Environmental law and 
regulations 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibility from the 
Board for risk management and 
Internal Controls 

COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibility from the 
Board for Compliance and 
Whistleblowing 

INTERNAL AUDIT 
Responsibility for reviewing financial and operational controls, monitoring risk capture and mitigating actions, reporting 
to the Audit Committee 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S (CEO) COMMITTEE 
Key day to day risk oversight is managed through the CEO Committee which is chaired by 
the Group Chief Executive 

Financial and Business Reporting 

The Board  is responsible for presenting a fair,  balanced and understandable assessment of 
the  Group’s  position  and  prospects.    A  statement  of  the  Directors’  responsibilities  for 
preparing  the  Annual  Report  and  financial  statements  is  set  out  on  pages  41  and  42.    The 
statement by the auditors about their reporting responsibilities is given on page 69. 

Risk Management and Internal Controls 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  controls  over 
regular  financial  reporting  for  the  Group,  including  the  consolidation  process.    There  is  a 
comprehensive  system  of  internal  controls  in  place,  including  the  Annual  Business  Plan 
(“Plan”)  which is reviewed and approved by the Board.  Monthly  actual results  are reviewed 
by management against both the Plan and prior  year results.  All data to be consolidated in 
the  Group’s  financial  statements  is  reviewed  thoroughly  by  management  to  ensure  that  it 
complies with relevant accounting policies and the financial reporting presents a true and fair 
reflection of the financial performance and position of the Group. 

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  risk management  and  is  advised  of key  risks facing 
the  Group  on  a  regular  basis  with  a  formal  review  of  the  most  significant  risks  annually,  or 
more frequently if required.  The Board takes a proactive approach to the management of all 
forms of risk, and views risk management as a vital constituent of its commitment to provide 
value  protection  and  growth  for  its  various  stakeholders.    The  internal  controls  system  is 
designed  to  manage,  rather  than  eliminate,  the  risk  of  failure  to  achieve  the  Group's 
objectives  and  can,  therefore,  only  provide  reasonable,  rather  than  absolute,  assurance 
against  material  misstatement  or  loss.    The  Board  regularly  reviews  the  risks  to  which  the 
Group  is  exposed,  as  well  as  the  operation  and  effectiveness  of  the  system  of  internal 
controls.   

The  day  to  day  responsibility  for  compliance  and  certain  regulatory  activities  has  been 
delegated  to  the  Compliance  Committee,  chaired  by  the  CFO  and  made  up  of  members  of 
senior  management.    This  includes  the  Group’s  compliance  with  regulation  under  the 
requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority  (FCA), the Advertising  Standards Authority, 
the Trading Standards Institute, the Data Protection Act and all other applicable regulations. 

Oversight  of  health  and  safety  and  environmental  regulatory  risk  is  delegated  to  the  Health 
and Safety Committee, made up of members of senior management. 

The  Board's  approach  involves  identification  of  material  risks  that  may  restrict  the  Group's 
ability to meet its objectives, the assessment of these risks in terms of impact, likelihood and 
control  effectiveness,  and  the  establishment  of  risk  management  strategies.    For  some  key 
risks,  where  it  is  considered  necessary,  specialist  advice  is  sought  from  external  agencies 
and professional advisers. 

Vertu Motors plc 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

There  are  certain  risk  factors  which  could  result  in  the  actual  results  of  the  Group  differing 
materially from expected results.  These factors, as set out below, are not an exhaustive list of 
all the potential risks and uncertainties that could adversely impact the Group’s results: 

STRATEGY 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❶  Failure to deliver on 

the strategic goal of the 
Group to acquire and 
consolidate UK motor 
retail businesses 

Stalled growth of the 
Group and associated 
shareholder returns 
Reputation risk 

•  Maintain strong relationships with manufacturer 

partners to ensure that the Group remains a valued 
and relevant candidate for any potential franchised 
network development opportunities 

•  Availability of resources to fund expansion ensured 
through both committed bank facilities and positive 
cash generation within the Group 

•  Thorough reviews of acquisition opportunities to 
ensure Group investment hurdles are met  

•  Established process for swift integration of acquired 

businesses into the Group 

❷  Failure to meet 

competitive challenges 
to our business model 
or sector 

Loss of customers to 
competitors 
Reduced profitability 

•  The Group’s scale, technological capability and 
diversification creates the ability to capitalise on 
market opportunities 

•  Customer experience focus of the Group attracts 

❸  Advances in vehicle 
technology provide 
customers with mobility 
solutions which bypass 
the dealer network 

Business model 
becomes obsolete 

customer loyalty 

•  Ongoing monitoring to identify emerging competitive 

threats and act on these quickly 

•  Maintain strong relationships with manufacturer 

partners to work closely with them as the future shape 
of the sector evolves 

•  Establish sufficient scale with manufacturer partners 
to ensure the Group is a key part of their route to 
market 

•  Provide manufacturer partners with excellent retail 
facilities and customers with excellent services, to 
ensure Group is successful in the event of significant 
industry consolidation 

BRAND PARTNERS AND REPUTATION 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❹  Inability to maintain 
current high quality 
relationships with 
manufacturer partners 

Impact on our ability to 
retain existing contracts 
and to take on new 
opportunities for growth 

•  Group vision and values set the tone from the top to 
deliver strong service to our Group stakeholders 

•  Constant focus on improvement in performance and 
effective communication with our manufacturer 
partners to ensure that our objectives are closely 
matched to theirs  

Vertu Motors plc 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties (continued) 

ECONOMIC, POLITICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❺  Economic conditions, 
including the potential 
consequences of the 
UK decision to leave 
the EU, impacting 
trading 

❻  Market and 

environmental 
considerations may 
drive fluctuation in 
used vehicle values  

Volume and margin are 
affected particularly in 
vehicle sales 
Amendments to 
franchise contracts, 
embracing new 
legislation 

Used vehicle margin is 
effected and value of 
used vehicle inventory 
may decline  

LEGAL AND REGULATORY 

•  Close monitoring of UK and European economic 

conditions 

•  Maintain close relationships with manufacturer partners 

•  Focus on retention initiatives particularly in aftersales 

•  Daily monitoring of used vehicle market to detect pricing 

movements 

•  Real time inventory management and control to enable 

the Group to react quickly to pricing declines 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❼  Litigation and 

regulatory risk in an 
environment of ever 
increasing regulatory 
scrutiny 

❽  Failure to comply with 
Health and Safety 
(H&S) Policy 

Litigation or breaching 
regulations could have a 
financial impact or 
reputational impact 
Customer contact 
limited by GDPR 
legislation 

•  Policies and procedures are in place to ensure 

compliance with relevant regulations, adherence to 
which is overseen by the Compliance Committee 

•  Risk management programme in place aimed at 

preventing issues in the first instance but also providing 
appropriate response to any issues that do arise 

•  Continuation of Group focus on customer experience 
and a partnership approach with its manufacturer 
partners, to minimise impact of Block Exemption regime 
changes, and ensure continued customer relationship 

Injury  to  customers  or 
colleagues 

•  Group has a dedicated H&S Manager 

•  Group  H&S  Committee  monitors  compliance  and 
recommends any corrective or preventative actions 

•  Training for all colleagues 

•  Specific H&S dashboard developed, monitoring KPI’s 

• 

Independent external H&S audits carried out 

PEOPLE 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❾  Failure to attract, 

develop and retain 
talent 

Unable to deliver on 
business plans 
Colleagues who lack 
motivation and 
engagement 

•  Annual colleague satisfaction survey and action 

planning based upon the results 

•  Significant investment in online and formalised training 
and development programmes delivered by in-house 
training department and external trainers as appropriate 

•  Talent review and succession plans in place 

Vertu Motors plc 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties (continued) 

SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

❿  Failure of Group 

Business is interrupted  •  Robust business continuity process has been 

Information or 
telecommunication 
systems 

developed  

•  Operation of this process is regularly tested, reviewed 

and updated as necessary 

⓫  Group is targeted for 

Business is interrupted 

•  Robust business continuity process has been 

malicious cyber attack 

developed 

Data is compromised 

•  Policy prohibits installation of non-Group software 

•  Firewall and anti-virus protocols active and reviewed 

regularly 

•  Penetration and vulnerability testing reviewed regularly 

to assess new threats 

FINANCE AND TREASURY 

Description of risk 

Impact 

Mitigation 

⓬  Availability of credit 

and vehicle financing 

1. ⓭  Use of estimates 

⓮  Currency risk 

Inability to secure 
funding impacting on 
distribution sales or 
expansion opportunities 

•  Detailed working capital cash flow monitoring in place 

•  Maintain relationships with key banks, financing 
arrangements in place until 27 February 2023 

•  Leverage Group relationship with OEM finance 

companies and retail finance providers 

Variance in accounting 
judgement impacts 
profitability 

•  Key accounting judgements are reviewed on a regular 

basis to ensure these remain appropriate 

•  Regular review of changes in accounting standards 
framework to assess any likely impact on the Group 

•  Portfolio of manufacturer partners spreads potential risk 

•  No material foreign exchange transactions are 

undertaken directly by the Group 

Fluctuation in exchange 
rates impact the 
profitability of our 
manufacturer partners 
which may change their 
prices or support 
packages to the dealer 
network 

Financial Position and Performance  

A comprehensive analysis of the business during the year and the position at the year end is 
contained within this Strategic Report. 

Vertu Motors plc 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report (continued) 

Viability Statement 

Assessment of Prospects 

The  Group’s  business  model  and  strategy  are  central  to  an  understanding  of  its  prospects.  
The Group’s strategy is to grow a scaled automotive retail group in both volume and premium 
motor  retail  franchises,  by  acquisition  or  organic  growth  through  enhanced  performance. 
Further details of the Group’s strategy can be found on pages 6 and 7 of the Strategic Report.  
The nature of the Group’s activities is long-term and the business model is open-ended.  The 
Group’s  current  overall  strategy  has  been  in  place  since  flotation  in  2006,  subject  to  the 
ongoing monitoring and development described below. 

Decisions relating to acquisitions and significant investment in dealership locations are made 
by  reference  to  both  consideration  of  balance  within  the  existing  Group’s  portfolio  and  the 
projects’ expected achievement, within a three to five year time frame, of a range of financial 
metrics including target EV/EBITDA ratios, IRR and ROCE. 

The Assessment Process and Key Assumptions 

The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily through its strategic planning process.  This 
process includes a detailed annual business plan review, led by  the CEO through the Chief 
Executive’s Committee. 

The Board participates fully in the annual process through both the review and approval of the 
annual  business  plan  and  through  annual  strategic  reviews.    Part  of  the  Board’s  role  is  to 
consider whether the plan continues to take appropriate account of the external environment 
including  macroeconomic,  political,  social  and  technological  changes.    The  output  of  the 
annual  review  process  is  an  analysis  of  the  risks  that  could  prevent  the  plan  from  being 
delivered  and  financial  forecasts  highlighting  the  impact  of  the  strategic  plan.    The  latest 
updates to the strategic plan were finalised in February 2018 following this year’s review.   

This  considered  the  Group’s  current  position  and  the  development  of  the  business  as  a 
whole, and the Board assessed the viability of the Company over the three year period to 28 
February 2021. 

The  Directors  believe  that  a  three  year  period  is  appropriate  as  the  Group’s  financial 
forecasting encompasses this period and the Group’s key bank financing arrangement is in 
place for five years which include this forecast period. 

Financial forecasts were prepared for the three year period to 28 February 2021, so that two 
years nine months remains at the time of approval of this year’s annual report.  The first year 
of  the  financial  forecasts  comprised  of  the  Group’s  detailed  business  plan.  Years  two  and 
three of the forecasts are extrapolated from the first year, based on the overall content of the 
strategic plan. 

The key assumptions in the financial forecasts, include: 

•  The  core  group  with  no  acquisitive  growth  beyond  a  known  pipeline,  reflecting  the 
Strategic  and  Brand  Partners  principal  risks  set  out  on  page  27  of  the  Strategic 
Report. 

•  Prudent  growth  assumptions  in  both  volume  and  margin,  reflecting  the  risks  set  out 

on pages 27 to 29 of the Strategic Report. 

The Board carried out  a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and the 
purpose of the principal risks on pages 27 to 29 is primarily to summarise those matters that 
could prevent the Group from delivering on  its strategy.   A number of other  aspects of the 
principal risks, because of their nature  or potential impact, could also threaten the Group’s 
ability to continue in business in its current form if they were to occur.  This was considered 
as part of the assessment of the Group’s viability, as explained below. 

Vertu Motors plc 

30 

Strategic Report (continued) 
Viability Statement (continued) 

Assessment of Viability 

Although  the  strategic  plan  reflects  the  Directors’  estimate  of  the  future  prospects  of  the 
business, the Board has also considered the potential impact on the Group of a number of 
scenarios over and above those included in the plan, that would represent serious threats to 
its liquidity.  The principal risks and mitigation steps that the Board considered as part of this 
viability assessment are set out in pages 27 to 29 of the Strategic Report.  The Group also 
mitigates the principal risks it faces through the diverse revenue generation from all parts of 
the  vehicle  cycle,  range  of  franchise  representation  and  investment  in  complementary 
business  streams  together  with  regular  monitoring  to  identify  change  quickly.    The  Board 
believes that the Group is well placed to manage its business risk successfully. 

Based on their assessment of prospects and viability as set out above, the Directors confirm 
that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three year period ending 28 February 2021. 

Going Concern 

The Directors also considered it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern  basis,  as  explained  in  the  Basis  of  Preparation  paragraph  in  note  1  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Robert Forrester 
Chief Executive Officer 
9 May 2018 

Michael Sherwin 
Chief Financial Officer 
9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
Main Board Directors 

The Board currently comprises the Directors outlined below. 

Peter Jones – Non-Executive Chairman 

Peter  (61)  has  an  extensive  industry  background  including  his  joint  ownership  of  the 
successful independent motor group Bramall and Jones Ltd; Commercial Director at Inchcape 
Retail; CEO of C.D. Bramall plc and Commercial Director of Rover Cars UK & Ireland.  From 
2008  to  2013,  Peter  served  as  an  Executive  Director  of  Lookers  plc  including  the  CEO  role 
from October 2009 to the end of December 2013. 

Ken Lever – Non-Executive Director 

Ken (64) is a former partner of Arthur Andersen and has held senior executive director roles 
in  many  listed  companies  including  Alfred  McAlpine  plc,  Albright  & Wilson  plc  and  Tomkins 
plc.  Ken was CFO of Numonyx in Switzerland from April 2008 to September 2010, and  was 
CEO  of  Xchanging  plc  from  June  2011  until  December  2015.  Ken  is  also  a  Non-Executive 
Director  of  Gresham  House  Strategic  plc,  Blue  Prism  plc,  FM  Insurance  Company  Limited 
and  DAC  Beachcroft  LLP  and  is  Non-Executive  Chairman  of  RPS  Group  plc  and  Biffa  plc.  
From 2007 to 2013, Ken was a Member of the Accounting Council of the Financial Reporting 
Council (formerly the UK Accounting Standards Board).   

Pauline Best – Non-Executive Director 

Pauline  (54)  is  an  experienced  Human  Resources  professional  who  is  currently  the  Global 
People  and  Organisation  Director  of  Specsavers  and  whose  previous  roles  include  Global 
Leadership  and  People  Capability  Director  for  Vodafone  and  Human  Resources  Director  of 
Talkland.   

Nigel Stead - Non-Executive Director 

Nigel  (68)  was  previously  CEO  of  Lex  Autolease,  the  UK’s  largest  contract  hire  and  leasing 
group and a Director of the British Vehicle Rental and Leasing Association.  He has also been 
a  Non-Executive  Director  of  Motability  Operations  Group  plc,  APD  Global  Research  Limited 
and Universal Salvage plc.  Nigel was a Non-Executive Director of Merrion Fleet Management 
Limited until July 2017 and was a Non-Executive Director of Prohire plc until March 2018. 

Robert Forrester – Chief Executive 

Robert (48) was a Director of Reg Vardy plc between 2001 and 2006 where he held the roles 
of Finance Director and Managing Director.  Robert qualified as a chartered accountant with 
Arthur Andersen.  He is also a member of the Economic Growth Board of the Confederation 
of British Industry.  

Michael Sherwin – Chief Financial Officer 

Michael (59) has extensive retail, transactional and public market experience.   From 1999 to 
2008,  Michael  was  Group  Finance  Director  of  Games Workshop  Group  PLC,  a  FTSE  listed 
consumer goods  company.   Michael is a qualified Chartered Accountant having  trained  with 
Price Waterhouse, where he held positions in the UK, Paris and Sydney.   He was also Non-
Executive  Director  of  Plusnet  plc,  an  AIM  listed  internet  business,  from  2004-2007.  In 
December 2017 Michael was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of Sumo Group plc. 

Vertu Motors plc 

32 

 
Broker 

Zeus Capital Limited 
82 King Street 
Manchester 
M2 4WQ 

Advisors 
Nominated Advisor and Broker           

Canaccord Genuity Limited 
88 Wood Street  
London 
EC2V 7QR  

Solicitors 

Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP  
St Ann’s Wharf  
112 Quayside  
Newcastle upon Tyne  
NE1 3DX 

Independent Auditors 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory 
Auditors 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 

Tax Advisors 

Deloitte LLP 
One Trinity Gardens 
Broad Chare 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 2HF 

Registrars 

Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU 

Financial PR Advisors 

Camarco 
107 Cheapside 
London 
EC2V 6DN 

Company Secretary  

Karen Anderson 

Registered office 

Vertu Motors plc 
Vertu House 
Fifth Avenue Business Park 
Team Valley 
Gateshead 
NE11 0XA 

Vertu Motors plc 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and Social Responsibility Report 
Introduction  

Corporate  and  Social  Responsibility  (“CSR”)  is  at  the  very  core  of  our  Group’s  culture  and 
values and the CSR strategy falls into four main areas: 

o  Health and Safety 
o  Environmental Management  
o  Colleagues 
o  Vertu in the Community 

1.  Health and Safety 

A  consistent  Group-wide  approach  is  taken  with  regards  to  Health  and  Safety  and 
environmental  matters.  A  Health  and  Safety  Committee,  now  chaired  by  the  CEO,  meets 
monthly to consider all aspects of our Health and Safety performance, including reviewing any 
incidents, and considering  how to spread best  practice across the Group.  All  line managers 
receive  comprehensive,  externally  provided  training  to  ensure  they  understand  relevant 
legislation  and  the  scope  of  their  responsibility  in  this  critical  area.  There  are  clear  lines  of 
responsibility  which  are communicated to all colleagues.  The General  Manager is the main 
responsible  individual  at  each  dealership  for  all  Health  and  Safety  matters  supported  by  a 
dealership  Health  and  Safety  Co-ordinator.  A  Group  Health  and  Safety  Manager  is 
responsible for monitoring compliance with Health and Safety systems and providing support 
and  advice  to  the  General  Managers,  as  well  as  continually  assessing  the  quality  of  our 
systems, outputs and recommending improvements.  The Health and Safety Committee also 
reports  monthly  to  the  Board,  and  key  findings  are  communicated  regularly  to  Senior  and 
General Managers to retain a focus on Health and Safety matters. 

This year has seen significant further progress in the management of Health and Safety within 
the  Group.  Our  Health  and  Safety  Dashboard,  which  focuses  on  key  risk  areas  within  the 
Dealerships,  has  become  a  cornerstone  of  our  processes  with  consistent  reporting  on  any 
shortfalls  being  provided  to  the  Board.  This  has  allowed  us  to  quickly  identify  any  locations 
where the required level of concentration on this critical area is falling short and allows us to 
generate corrective actions. 

In  order  to  manage  the  Health  and  Safety  risk  involved  in  driving  we  have  implemented 
telematics devices into the cars of our younger drivers as they were identified as our largest 
risk population, and this system gives us real time reporting on driver behaviour. The resultant 
change in driver behaviour has had a positive impact on the number of at fault accidents we 
have suffered in the year. 

During the year, each location has had an independent external audit to assess adherence to 
our Health and Safety Operating System. The results of these audits have been encouraging 
with  most  Dealerships  scoring  very  highly,  and  only  a  small  number  of  failed  audits  which 
resulted  in  immediate  corrective  action.  The  audit  output  has  also  provided  a  list  of 
improvements to be addressed at each dealership and attending to these will again raise the 
bar on delivering a safe environment for Customers and Colleagues. This audit  process will 
now be repeated annually as an independent check of our process strength. 

2.  Environmental Management 

•  Responsible Sourcing 

All  of  the  Group’s  business  locations  are  situated  within  the  UK  and  operate  in  strict 
compliance with all applicable labour relations laws.  We have no presence, either directly or 
via  sub-contractors,  in  any  areas  which  present  a  material  risk  of  the  exploitation  of  men, 
women or children in the workplace.  We work with vehicle manufacturers and other suppliers 
who  manage  their  supply  chains  in  a  responsible  way.    The  Group’s  modern  slavery 
statement has been published on the Group’s website. 

Vertu Motors plc 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and Social Responsibility Report (continued) 
2.  Environmental Management (continued) 

•  Reducing Carbon and Waste 

The Group’s strategy on environmental matters is to ensure legal and regulatory compliance 
as  well  as  seeking  to  manage  costs  through  effective  resource  allocation.    During  the  year, 
the Group complied with the Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme Regulations 2014 (‘ESOS‘) 
to  undertake  a  mandatory  energy  assessment  of  our  sites.    We  used  the  results  of  this 
assessment  to  identify  further  energy  saving  opportunities  and  to  encourage  best  practice 
throughout the Group. 

During  the  year,  we  have  continued  to  assess,  monitor  and  manage  our  energy  use.  Also 
where  practicable,  we  have  implemented  measures  designed  to  reduce  our  activities’ 
environmental  impact,  which,  over  time,  we  anticipate  will  help  reduce  our  carbon  footprint.  
To conserve energy, we continue to install LED lighting schemes, fix luminair and movement 
sensors, limit the duration of periods when full lighting is used on our sites out of hours, keep 
external doors closed when not in use and fit suitable insulation to limit the escape of heat. 

3.  Colleagues 

The  Group  seeks  to  fulfil  the  career  aspirations  and  potential  of  all  colleagues.    The  Board 
seeks  to  create  an  environment  in  which  every  colleague  enjoys  coming  to  work,  feels 
motivated in everything that they do and  takes pride  in their contribution to the  Group.  The 
enthusiasm and dedication of colleagues is a vital factor in the Group’s success.  In order to 
develop  a  culture  that  is  positive  and  contributes  to  the  Group  performance,  seven  core 
values  are  used  extensively  in  the  business  to  signpost  desired  behaviours.    These  are  set 
out below: 

• 

Values 

o  Passion 

We are proud of our Company and dedicated to its purpose.  We are enthusiastic, enjoy 
challenges and are eager for success. 

o  Respect 

We  are  friendly  and  courteous  in  all  our  relationships  with  colleagues,  customers  and 
suppliers. 

o  Professionalism 

We  are  reliable  and  consistent  and  we  excel  in  the  standards  and  presentation  of  our 
people, products and premises. 

o 

Integrity 

We  are  trustworthy  and  honest  in  all  that  we  say  and  do  and  take  responsibility  for  our 
own actions. 

o  Recognition 

We  appreciate  the  endeavours  of  our  colleagues.    We  praise  their  achievements  and 
enjoy celebrating their success. 

o  Opportunity 

We  have  a  vision  of  what  can  be  achieved  and  provide  colleagues  with  personal 
development, supportive training and exciting career progression.   

o  Commitment 

We are all determined to achieve total customer satisfaction by providing a service built 
on trust.  

Vertu Motors plc 

35 

Corporate and Social Responsibility Report (continued) 
3.  Colleagues (continued) 

•  Employment Policies 

The Group's aim is to attract and retain the best people in the automotive retail sector while 
observing best practice in employment policies and procedures through a commitment to:  

o  Offering equal opportunities in recruitment and promotion;  

o  The continuous development of all colleagues; 

o  Encouraging internal promotion;  

o  Using progressive, consistent and fair selection methods;  

o  Offering family friendly policies and ensuring colleagues are treated with respect and 
dignity in an environment where no form of intimidation or harassment is tolerated. 

All appointments are made solely on the basis of a person's suitability for a particular post and 
without reference to gender, sexual orientation, age, ethnic origin, religion or disability (except 
when there is a genuine occupational requirement).  The principle of equality also applies to 
career development opportunities and training.   

Employment career progression and development of disabled people is considered on merit 
with regard only to the ability of the applicant to carry out the function required.  Arrangements 
to enable disabled people to carry out the function required will be made if it is reasonable to 
do  so.    A  colleague  becoming  disabled  would,  where  appropriate,  be  offered  retraining  and 
support to continue in their role where possible.     

The Group pays attractive salaries and additional benefits to dedicated people.  The Group is 
keen  to  ensure  that  colleagues  prepare  for  retirement  and  offer  a  Group  Personal  Pension 
arrangement with varying levels of employer contribution based on seniority, in addition to a 
default  auto-enrolment  pension  scheme  into  which  all  qualifying  colleagues  are  enrolled  if 
they choose not to opt out.  The Group encourages colleagues to become shareholders in the 
Company  through  participation  in  the  Group's  share  schemes;  including  an  all-colleague 
Share  Incentive  Plan.    The  Group  also  offers  private  health  and  life  insurance  to  senior 
management  colleagues  as  well  as  a  reward  platform,  childcare  voucher  and  cycle  to  work 
scheme which are open to all colleagues. 

Number of Group colleagues by gender: 

At 28 February 2018 

At 28 February 2017 

Female 

Male 

Total 

Female 

Male 

Total 

Directors 

Senior Managers 

1 

6 

5 

43 

6 

49 

1 

6 

6 

45 

7 

51 

All Colleagues 

1,321 

3,997 

5,318 

1,305 

3,911 

5,216 

•  Communication  

The  Group  is  committed  to  providing  colleagues  with  information  on  matters  of  interest  to 
them  on  a  regular  basis.    Individual  achievement  is  recognised  publicly  and  privately  to 
reinforce  behaviours  in  line  with  the  Group’s  Values  and  Mission  Statement.    ‘Working 
together’  is  vital  when  developing  a  successful  team  and  at  the  very  heart  of  this  is  good 
communication.  The Group utilises many formal and informal channels to achieve this.  For 
example,  the  Chief  Executive  produces  a  blog  several  times  a  week  and  regular  news 
updates are posted onto a Group wide intranet site.  Additionally, the Group produces printed 
newsletters, which feature news stories from colleagues working across the Group’s network 
of  dealerships.    Each  General  Manager  undertakes  a  monthly  Team  Brief,  updating 
colleagues in small groups on relevant issues impacting the Group and the dealership.  These 
meetings  seek  to  reinforce  the  Group’s  values  and  contribute  to  the  creation  of  a  Group 
culture. 

Vertu Motors plc 

36 

 
 
Corporate and Social Responsibility Report (continued) 
3.  Colleagues (continued) 

•  Communication (continued) 

The  Group  operates  several  award  schemes  covering  all  colleagues.    These  schemes  are 
intended to recognise and  reward talented  and committed individuals throughout the  Group.  
One  such  scheme  is  the  CEO  Awards,  which  are  announced  each  December  and  sees  a 
number of managers recognised for their outstanding performance.  The Group also operates 
‘The  Masters’  Club  Awards’,  whereby  a  number  of  high  performing  non-management 
colleagues  from  across  the  Group  are  recognised  for  their  individual  performance.    The 
recipients range from sales executives, service advisors and technicians to drivers, cleaners, 
valeters  and  receptionists  with  a  category  to  cover  every  dealership  based  colleague.    The 
Group recognises colleagues with long service, with specific recognition for those reaching 10 
and  20  years  within  the  Group.    These  award  programmes  are  designed  to  reward  and 
reinforce  behaviours  underpinning  both  Group  financial  performance  and  other  strategic 
objectives including the delivery of an outstanding customer experience. 

4.  Vertu in the Community  

The scope of our involvement in the community includes both charity and community support. 

•  Charity Support  

The  Group  is  proud  to  work  with  a  diverse  and  broad  range  of  national  charities  and  local 
projects.  In the last two years the Group has raised more than £66,000 for Children in Need.  
This year the Group also supported BEN (Motor and Allied Trades Benevolent Fund), a not-
for-profit organisation that partners with the automotive industry to provide life-long support to 
its  people  and  their  families  and  the  New  Testament  Church  of  God  Social  Responsibility 
Programme. 

•  Community Support 

As the Group has expanded, so has the scope of its involvement in the community as part of 
our wider corporate and social responsibility strategy.  The projects chosen for support reflect 
the diversity and depth within the business, and also the desire of colleagues to be an active 
part  of  the  communities  served  by  their  dealership.    Across  the  country,  the  dealerships 
support  a  range  of  local  charities,  including  St  Oswald’s  Hospice  in  Newcastle  and  Harlow 
Food Bank. 

In  the  local  community,  the  dealerships  also  support  a  range  of  sporting  and  recreational 
initiatives including, the Dunston Silver Band, Banbury United FC and the Newcastle Eagles 
Basketball Club, plus a variety of youth sports clubs and emerging individual talent across the 
country.  

Vertu Motors plc 

37 

 
 
Directors’ Report  
The Directors present their annual report and the audited financial statements on the affairs of 
the Group and Company, for the year ended 28 February 2018. 

Principal Activities 

The  principal  activities  of  the  Group  is  the  sale  of  new  cars,  motorcycles  and  commercial 
vehicles and used vehicles, together with related aftersales services.  The principal activities 
of the Company is the provision of management services to all subsidiary statutory entities. 

Business Review and Future Developments 

The  review  of  the  business  for  the  year  is  contained  in  the  Strategic  Report.    This  includes 
details of likely future developments of the Group.  It remains your Board’s intention to grow 
the value of the business and develop the Group through strategic acquisitions supplemented 
by the focused organic growth of its existing businesses. 

The UK market for the sale and servicing of motor vehicles is well developed and represents 
all  of  the  major  global  vehicle  manufacturers.    The  UK  consumer  has  consistently 
demonstrated its demand for vehicles evidenced by the relatively short vehicle change cycle 
in this country.  The vehicle retail market in the UK, however, remains highly fragmented and 
in  the  year  ended  28  February  2018  the  Group  had  just  a  3.2%  share  of  UK  private  car 
registrations.    These  market  dynamics  support  the  Group’s  strategy  of  growth  through  both 
acquisition and organic improvement.  

Results and Dividends 

The results for the  year are set out  in the consolidated income statement on page  70.   The 
Group’s  profit  from  ordinary  activities  after  taxation  for  the  year  was  £24,681,000  (2017: 
£24,020,000). 

The dividend paid in the year to 28 February 2018 was £5,678,000 (1.45p per share) (2017:  
£5,323,000  (1.35p  per  share)).    A  final  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  28  February 
2018  of 0.95p  per share,  is to be proposed  at the annual general meeting on  25 July  2018.  
The  ex-dividend  date  will  be  21  June  2018  and  the  associated  record  date  22  June  2018.  
The dividend will be paid on 30 July 2018, and these financial statements do not reflect this 
final dividend payable. 

Company Number 

The registered number of the Company is 05984855.   

Business at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) 

At the AGM, a separate shareholders’ resolution is proposed for each substantive matter.  We 
will issue to shareholders the Company’s annual report and financial statements together with 
the notice of AGM, giving not less than the requisite period of notice.  The notice  will set out 
the  resolutions  the  Directors  are  proposing  and  explanatory  notes  for  each.    At  the  AGM, 
Directors’  terms  of  appointment  are  available  for  inspection  and,  as  well  as  dealing  with 
formal  AGM  business,  the  Board  takes  the  opportunity  to  update  shareholders  on  the 
Company’s  trading  position.    The  Chairman  and  each  committee  chairman  are  available  to 
answer questions put by shareholders present. 

Appointment and Powers of the Company’s Directors 

Appointment and removal  of  Directors  is governed by  the Company’s articles of association 
(the  Articles),  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  Code),  the  Companies  Acts  and 
related  legislation.  Subject  to  the  Articles  (which  shareholders  may  amend  by  special 
resolution),  relevant  legislation  and  any  directions  given  by  special  resolution,  the  Company 
and  its  Group  is  managed  by  its  board  of  Directors.    By  resolutions  passed  at  Company 
general  meetings,  the  shareholders  have  authorised  the  Directors:  (i)  to  allot  and  issue 
ordinary  shares;  and  (ii)  to  make  market  purchases  of  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares  (in 
practice,  exercised  only  if  the  Directors  expect  it  to  result  in  an  increase  in  earnings  per 
share).    Details  of  movements  in  the  Company’s  share  capital  are  given  in  note  30  to  the 
consolidated financial statements.   

Vertu Motors plc 

38 

Directors’ Report (continued) 
Directors and Their Interests in Shares 

Brief  particulars  of  the  Directors  are  listed  on  page  32.  Further  details  of  the  Board 
composition  are  contained  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Report  and  details  of  Directors' 
service contracts are contained in the Remuneration  Committee Report.  The Directors who 
served  during  the  year  ended  28  February  2018  and  up  to  the  date  of  signing  the  financial 
statements were: 

P Jones 
R T Forrester 
M Sherwin  
W M Teasdale (resigned 26 July 2017) 
N Stead  
K Lever  
P Best  

The  Directors  retiring  at  the  AGM  are  R  Forrester,  N  Stead  and  P  Best  who,  being  eligible, 
each  offer  themselves  for  re-election.    At  the  date  of  the  AGM,  the  unexpired  term  of  the 
service  contracts  of  N  Stead  and  P  Best  will  be  2  years  4  months  and  3  years  10  months 
respectively.   

Directors who held office at 28 February 2018 and their respective interests in the Company’s 
issued ordinary share capital are shown in the table below.  All holdings shown are beneficial.  
There is no current policy requiring Directors to hold a minimum number of Company shares. 

P Jones 
R T Forrester 
M Sherwin 
K Lever  
N Stead 
P Best 

28 February  
2018 
Ordinary 
Shares 
1,522,000 
6,929,868 
489,253 
40,800 
80,500 
- 

28 February  
2017 
Ordinary 
Shares 
1,405,000 
6,925,606 
484,993 
40,800 
80,500 
- 

Details of related party transactions, which include transactions between Directors and Group 
companies, are given in note 37 to the consolidated financial statements.  

Indemnities to Directors 

In line  with market practice and the Company’s  Articles, each  Director has the  benefit  of an 
ongoing deed of indemnity from the Company, which includes provisions in relation to duties 
as  a  Director  of  the  Company  or  an  associated  company,  qualifying  third  party  indemnity 
provisions  and  protection  against  derivative  actions.    Copies  of  these  are  available  for 
shareholders’ inspection at the AGM. 

Share Capital 

As  at  28  February  2018,  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  comprised  a  single  class: 
ordinary  shares  of  10  pence  each  of  which  385,524,517  were  in  issue.    The  Articles  permit 
the creation of more than one class of share, but there is currently none other than ordinary 
shares.    Details  of  the  Company’s  share  capital  are  set  out  in  note  30  to  the  consolidated 
financial  statement.    All  issued  shares  are  fully  paid.    During  the  year  ended  28  February 
2018,  the  Group  commenced  a  programme  of  share  buy-backs  under  which  12,335,322 
shares were repurchased at an average share price of 44p, of which 590,000 were awaiting 
cancellation  at  28  February  2018.  At  1  March  2017,  1,990,553  shares  were  held  by  Estera 
Trust (Jersey)  Limited (“Trustee”), the trustee of the  Company’s employee benefit trust. The 
shares are held for the purpose of the trust and may be used to transfer shares to individuals 
exercising share options in the Company. During the year ended 28 February 2018, 175,000 
of the shares purchased by the trust were transferred to individuals pursuant to exercises of 
options or sold to satisfy the resulting tax.  The Trustee  waives its right to  dividends on any 
Company shares held in the trust and such holdings are disclosed within ‘Treasury Shares’ in 
the financial statements.  1,815,553 ordinary shares in the Company remained in the trust at 
28 February 2018. 

Vertu Motors plc 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report (continued) 
Share Capital (continued) 

The  rights  and  obligations  attaching  to  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares  are  set  out  in  the 
Articles.  The  Company  is  currently  authorised  to  issue  up  to  two-thirds  of  its  current  issued 
share capital pursuant to a resolution passed at its 2017 AGM. 

Voting Rights, Restrictions on Voting Rights and Deadlines for Voting Rights 

Shareholders (other than any who, under the Articles or the terms of the shares they hold, are 
not entitled to receive such notices) have the right to receive notice of, and to attend and to 
vote at, all general and (if any) applicable class meetings of the Company.  A resolution put to 
the vote at any general or class meeting is decided on a show of hands unless (before or on 
the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand 
for  a  poll)  a  poll  is  properly  demanded.    At  a  general  meeting,  every  member  present  in 
person has, upon a show of hands, one vote, and on a poll, every member has one vote for 
every 10 pence nominal amount of share capital of which they are the holder.  In the case of 
joint  holders  of  a  share,  the  vote  of  the  member  whose  name  stands  first  in  the  register  of 
members is accepted to the exclusion of any vote tendered by any other joint holder.  Unless 
the Board decides otherwise, a shareholder may not vote at any general or class meeting or 
exercise any rights in relation to meetings whilst any amount of money relating to his shares 
remains outstanding.  A member is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all  or any  of their 
rights  to  attend,  speak  and  vote  on  their  behalf  at  a  general  meeting.    Further  details 
regarding  voting  can  be  found  in  the  notes  to  the  notice  of  the  AGM.    To  be  effective, 
electronic  and  paper  proxy  appointments  and  voting  instructions  must  be  received  by  the 
Company’s registrars not later than 48 hours before a general meeting.  The Articles may be 
obtained  from  Companies  House  in  the  UK  or  upon  application  to  the  Company  Secretary.  
Other  than  those  prescribed  by  applicable  law  and  the  Company’s  procedures  for  ensuring 
compliance  with  it,  there  are  no  specific  restrictions  on  the  size  of  a  holding  nor  on  the 
transfer  of  shares,  which  are  governed  by  the  Articles  and  prevailing  legislation.    The 
Directors are not aware of any agreement between holders of the Company’s shares that may 
result  in restrictions  on the transfer of securities or the exercise of voting rights.  No  person 
has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital. 

Contracts 

None of the Directors had an interest in any contract with the Group (other than their service 
agreement or appointment terms and routine purchases of vehicles for their (or their family’s) 
own use) at any time during the financial year to 28 February 2018.   

The  Company  and  members  of  its  Group  are  party  to  agreements  relating  to  banking, 
properties, employee share plans and motor vehicle franchises which alter or terminate if the 
Company or Group Company concerned undergoes a change of control.  None is considered 
significant in terms of its likely impact on the business of the Group as a whole. 

Derivatives and Financial Instruments 

The Group’s treasury activities are operated within policies and procedures approved by the 
Board,  which  include  defined  controls  on  the  use  of  financial  instruments  managing  the 
Group’s risk.  The major financial risks faced by the Group relate to interest rates and funding.  
The policies agreed for managing these financial risks are summarised below. 

The  Group  finances  its  operations  by  a  mixture  of  shareholders’  equity  funds  and  bank 
borrowings  and  trade  credit  from  both  suppliers  and  manufacturer  partners.    To  reduce  the 
Group’s  exposure  to  movements  in  interest  rates,  the  Group  seeks  to  ensure  that  it  has  an 
appropriate  balance  between  fixed  and  floating  rate  borrowings,  and  utilises  interest  rate 
swaps  where  appropriate  to  manage  the  risk  of  interest  rate  rises  on  its  long-term  bank 
borrowing.   

Details of the current borrowing facilities of the Group are given  on page 21 of the Strategic 
Report. 

The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  adequate  reserves,  banking  facilities  and 
other reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and  actual cash flows 
and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 

Vertu Motors plc 

40 

 
Directors’ Report (continued) 
Colleagues 

The policies of the Group on equal opportunities, including those of disabled colleagues and 
colleague  involvement,  are  set  out  in  the  Corporate  and  Social  Responsibility  Report  on 
pages 35 to 37. 

Health and Safety 

The policies of the Group on health and safety, as well as goals and controls in place are set 
out in the Corporate and Social Responsibility Report on page 34. 

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure of Information to Auditors 

In the case of each person who was a Director of the Group at the date when this report was 
approved: 

• 

• 

so far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group and Company’s auditors are unaware, and; 
each of the Directors has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Group and Company’s auditors are aware of that information. 

The  auditors,  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  have  indicated  their  willingness  to  continue  in 
office,  and  a  resolution  concerning  their  reappointment  will  be  proposed  at  the  Annual 
General Meeting. 

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  
Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union, and 
the  parent  Company  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  United  Kingdom  Generally 
Accepted Accounting  Practice (United Kingdom Accounting  Standards, comprising FRS 102 
‘The  Financial  Reporting  Standard  applicable  in  the  UK  and  Republic  of  Ireland’,  and 
applicable law).   

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied  that  they  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  Group  and  the 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.   

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

• 
• 

• 
• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed 
for  the  Group  financial  statements  and  United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards, 
comprising FRS 102, have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; 
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and 
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Company will continue in business. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the 
financial  statements  comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.    They  are  also  responsible  for 
safeguarding  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  the  Group  and  hence  for  taking  reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

Vertu Motors plc 

41 

Directors’ Report (continued) 
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities (continued) 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  Company’s  website 
(www.vertumotors.com).    Legislation  in  the  United  Kingdom  governing  the  preparation  and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The  Directors  consider  that  the  annual  report  and  accounts,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair, 
balanced  and  understandable  and  provides  the  information  necessary  for  shareholders  to 
assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 

Each  of  the  Directors,  whose  names  and  functions  are  listed  in  the  Main  Board  Directors 
section of this Annual Report, confirms that, to the best of their knowledge: 

• 

• 

• 

the  Company  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards,  comprising  FRS  102  “The  Financial  Reporting  Standard  applicable  in  the 
UK and Republic of Ireland”, and applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company; 
the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted  by  the  European  Union,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,  liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Group; and 
the Directors' Report and Strategic Report include a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group and Company, together with 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.  

By order of the Board 

Michael Sherwin 
Chief Financial Officer 
9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report  
The UK Corporate Governance Code 

This  Corporate  Governance  Report  (the  ‘Report’)  is  intended  to  give  shareholders  an 
understanding  of  the  Group’s  governance  procedures.    As  an  AiM  listed  Company,  Vertu 
Motors  plc  does  not  have  to  comply  with  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  (2016)  (the 
‘Code’)  published  by  the  Financial  Reporting  Council.    However,  the  Board  embraces  the 
principles of good corporate governance.  Although the Group does not choose to voluntarily 
comply with the Code in full, the Report describes how the relevant principles and provisions 
set out in the Code were applied to the Company and Group during the financial year and will 
continue to be relevant for the forthcoming financial year.  The Company does not yet comply 
with  all  of  the  Code  requirements  relating  to  ‘effectiveness’,  does  not  produce  a  separate 
nomination  committee  report,  and  does  not  yet  make  available  its  Committee  terms  of 
reference. The Audit Committee, prior to the resignation  of W M Teasdale  on 26 July 2017, 
comprised  of  three  Non-Executive  Directors,  subsequent  to  this,  the  Audit  Committee 
comprised  of  two  Non-Executive  Directors.  The  Board 
is  currently  considering  the 
composition of the Audit Committee. The Company complies with all other areas of the Code. 

Board Composition 

Board  composition  is  continually  reviewed  to  ensure  that  it  provides  the  Group  with  the 
strategic oversight, vision and governance that it needs in order to deliver a sustainable long-
term  return  for  shareholders.    It  is  the  Board’s  intention  that  going  forward,  Non-Executive 
Directors will ordinarily rotate every six years, in line with current corporate governance best 
practice. 

Bill Teasdale retired from the Board on 26 July 2017.   

During  the  year  under  review,  the  Board  was  made  up  of  seven  members  comprising  two 
Executive Directors and five Non-Executive Directors, including W M Teasdale who served as 
a Non-Executive Director until resignation on 26 July 2017.  P Jones, K Lever, P Best and N 
Stead are considered to be independent.  K Lever is the Senior Independent Director.  Details 
of all Directors can be found on page 32. 

The Board and its Committees 

The role of the Board is to have responsibility for generating shareholder value over the long-
term  by  setting  the  Group’s  strategy,  ensuring  that  appropriate  resources  are  available  to 
enable the Group to meet its objectives and monitoring the delivery of those objectives within 
an  effective  framework  of  internal  controls.    The  Board  has  a  defined  set  of  responsibilities 
which are formalised into a Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board and these include: 

•  Strategy and management – responsibility for long-term success of the Company and 
Group,  commercial  strategy,  and  approval  of  the  expansion  of  the  Group  through 
acquisition or any significant disposals 

•  Financial  reporting  and  controls  –  review  and  approval  of  the  annual  business  plan 
and capital budget, major capital expenditure projects and any significant changes to 
these, all trading or results statements and the annual financial statements 
Internal controls – reviewing the effectiveness of internal control processes to support 
strategy 

• 

•  Risk  –  approval  of  the  Group’s  risk  appetite,  determining  the  nature  and  extent  of 

significant risks the Group is willing to take to achieve its objectives 

Executive  Management  have  limits  on  the  decisions  delegated  to  them  by  the  Board.

Vertu Motors plc 

43 

 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
The Board and its Committees (continued) 

Key Areas of Board Focus During the Year 

STRATEGY 

FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE 

GOVERNANCE 

SHAREHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT 

RISK 

Re-appointment of 
auditors 

Annual General 
Meeting 

Monitoring 
Compliance and 
Health and Safety 
Committees 

Meetings with key 
shareholders on 
results roadshows. 

Annual review of 
key Group risks 
and mitigating 
controls 

Group strategy review 

Business development 

Approval of the FY2017 
full year results and 
FY2018 interim results 

Reviewing M&A 
opportunities 

Approval of annual 
business plan and 
capital budget 

Interim and final 
dividend 

Board Meetings 

Monthly management 
accounts and 
comparison against 
annual business plan 

Long range forecast 
and funding 
requirement planning 

The  Board  meetings  are  structured  to  allow  the  Board  sufficient  time  to  discuss  and  review 
financial  performance,  achievement  of  objectives,  development  of  the  Group’s  strategy, 
operational performance and risk and internal controls.  Standing agenda items are discussed 
at each Board meeting, which include: 

•  Chief  Executive’s  Report  –  update  on  performance,  strategic  opportunities,  property 

matters and management 

•  Chief  Financial  Officer’s  Report  –  includes  the  latest  financial  information  for  the 

Group 

•  Health  and  Safety  Report  –  Summary  of  training  undertaken  throughout  the  Group, 

risk management plus commentary on any reported incidents 

•  Compliance Report – summary of regulatory developments and minutes of the latest 

Compliance Committee meeting 

• 

Investor Relations (‘IR’) Report – update on market trends, share register movements 
and summary of IR activity 

•  Risk Matrix – consideration of key strategic risks 

Vertu Motors plc 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Chair) 
• 3 Senior 

Managers 

• H & S Manager 

• Compliance with 
Health & Safety 
and environmental 
law and 
regulations 

• Developing Group 

best practices 

• Health & Safety 
policies and 
procedures 

• Health & Safety 

audits 

• Accident statistics 

and causes 

Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Committee Responsibilities 

The table below shows the key committees and their responsibilities. 

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE 

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE 

NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE 

CEO COMMITTEE 

COMPLIANCE 
COMMITTEE 

HEALTH AND 
SAFETY 
COMMITTEE 

Members 

• K Lever (Chair) 
• W Teasdale 1 
• N Stead 

PLC BOARD COMMITTEES 
• Pauline Best 

(Chair) 

• N Stead  
• P Jones 
• W Teasdale 1 
• K Lever 

• P Jones (Chair) 
• W Teasdale 1 
• N Stead  
• K Lever 
• P Best 

• R T Forrester (Chair) 

• M Sherwin (Chair) 

• R T Forrester 

• M Sherwin 
• 12 Senior Managers 

• W Teasdale 
• 6 Senior 

Managers 

Delegated 
authorities 

• Financial reporting 

• Remuneration 

• Balance of the 

• Review, 

• Financial risk 
management 
• Internal control 

policy 

Board 

• Incentive plans 
• Performance 

targets 

• Leadership of 
the Group 

communication, 
delivery  and 
management of 
Group strategy and 
day to day operations 

• Compliance with 

laws and 
regulations 
(excluding Health 
& Safety and 
environmental) 

• Whistleblowing 
procedures 

• Communication 
with regulators 
where required 

Reviews 

• Full year and half 

year results 

• Accounting 
policies 

• Terms of 

engagement of 
auditors 

• Internal audit 

• Achievement of 
performance 
targets for short 
and long term 
incentives 

• Senior 

management 
pay 

• Composition of 

• Group HR and IT 

• Adequacy and 

the Board 

strategy 

• Skills, 

• Allocation of 

knowledge & 
experience on 
the Board 

resources (financial 
and colleague) 

• Group performance 

• Diversity 

effectiveness of 
Group policies in 
response to 
current law and 
regulation 

• Licences and 

consents required 

• Internal audit 

Recommends 

• Re-appointment of 

• Level and 

Monitors 

Approves 

auditors 

• Audit tender 
• Auditors’ 

remuneration 

• Integrity of 
financial 
statements 

• Effectiveness of 
internal controls 
and risk 
management 

• Internal audit 

function 

• Legal & regulatory 

requirements 

• External audit  

• Statements in 
Annual Report 
concerning 
internal controls 
and risk 
management 

structure of 
Executive 
remuneration 

• Remuneration 

policy 

• Appropriateness 
of Remuneration 
policy 

• Appointments 
to the Board 

• Annual business plan 

to the Board 

• Acquisition 

opportunities to the 
Board 

• Group Vision 

• Training 
• Policy change 
• Remedial or pre-
emptive action 

• Training 
• Policy change 
• Remedial or pre-
emptive action 

• Independence 

• Performance against 

of Non-
Executive 
Directors 
• Succession 
planning 

key performance 
indicators, plans and 
prior year 

• Compliance with 

Group risk 
management 
strategy, policy and 
procedures 

• Appropriate retail 
finance metrics 
• Indicators of non-
compliance with 
policy 

• Any relevant 
complaints 
• Legal and 
regulatory 
developments 

• Accidents and 
near misses 
• Changes to law 
and regulations 

• New sites to the 

Group and 
redevelopments 
• Other changes in 
working practice 

• Appointments 
for Executive 
Directors 

• Skills profile for 
Non-Executive 
Directors 

• Remuneration 

policy 

• Remuneration 
packages for 
Executive 
Directors  

• Design of long 
term incentive 
plans 

• Appointments to 

• Reports to the 

• Reports to the 

dealership 
management 
positions 

• Performance related 

remuneration of 
dealership 
colleagues 

• Operational process 

and changes 

Board  

Board 

• Submissions to 

• Changes to 

relevant policies 

• Training 

programmes 

relevant 
authorities 
• Changes to 

relevant policies 
and processes 

• Training 

programmes 
• Whistleblowing 
procedures 

1 W Teasdale served on this committee until resignation from the Plc Board on 26 July 2017.

Vertu Motors plc 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Leadership 

During  the  financial  year  the  Board  met  13  times  in  person  and  on  other  occasions  by 
telephone.  The number of meetings attended by each Director was as follows: 

Board            

Meetings 

Audit Committee 
Meetings 

Nomination 
Committee Meetings 

Remuneration 
Committee Meetings 

Scheduled 

Attended 

Scheduled 

Attended 

Scheduled 

Attended 

Scheduled 

Attended 

P Jones 
R T Forrester 
W M Teasdale1 
M Sherwin 
N Stead 
K Lever  
P Best 

13 
13 
3 
13 
13 
13 
13 

13 
13 
3 
13 
13 
13 
10 

- 
- 
2 
- 
4 
4 
- 

1 resigned on 26 July 2017. 

4 
1 
2 
4 
4 
4 
- 

1 
- 
- 
- 
1 
1 
1 

1 
- 
- 
- 
1 
1 
1 

3 
- 
- 
- 
3 
3 
3 

3 
- 
- 
- 
3 
3 
3 

The Board seeks to ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for 
the  Group  to  be  able  to  meet  its  objectives,  to  review  management  performance  and  to 
ensure that its obligations to its shareholders are understood and met.  Whilst the executive 
responsibility  for  running  the  Group  rests  with  the  Chief  Executive  (R  T  Forrester)  and  the 
Chief  Financial  Officer  (M  Sherwin),  the  Non-Executive  Directors  fulfil  an  essential  role  in 
ensuring  that  the  strategies  proposed  by  the  Executive  Directors  are  fully  discussed  and 
critically examined prior to adoption.  They also scrutinise the performance of management in 
meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance, both financial 
and non-financial. 

All Directors appointed by the Board must retire and seek election at the first Annual General 
Meeting  following  their  appointment.    One  third  of  the  other  Directors  are  then  required  to 
retire  and  submit  themselves  for  re-election  each  year  so  that  all  Directors  are  required  to 
retire and submit themselves for re-election at least once in every three years.  R Forrester, N 
Stead  and  P  Best  are  to  retire  and  submit  themselves  for  re-election  at  the  2018  Annual 
General  Meeting.    The  Board  is  satisfied  that  plans  are  in  place  for  orderly  succession  for 
appointments to the Board and senior management, so as to maintain an appropriate balance 
of skills and experience within the Company and on the Board. 

Audit Committee and Auditors 

The Board has delegated responsibility for risk management and internal controls to the Audit 
Committee.  Details of the Committee’s activities during the year can be found on pages 48 
and 49. 

Remuneration 

The Remuneration Committee has responsibility for developing the Company’s remuneration 
policy and monitoring its implementation.  Details of the Committee’s activities along with the 
Remuneration Report can be found on pages 52 to 62. 

Relations with Shareholders 

The  Board  understands  that  effective  communication  is  essential  to  enable  shareholders  to 
gain a clear understanding of the Group’s strategy and business model.  The Chief Executive 
and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  are  in  regular  communication  with  institutional  investors 
throughout  the  year  and  keep  in  close  contact  with  the  Company’s  corporate  brokers  who 
play an important role in ensuring shareholders’ views are heard.  The Board reviews a report 
of  shareholder  activity  at  each  Board  meeting  and  receives  regular  updates  on  all 
communications between major shareholders and any Director or the Company’s NOMAD. 

Vertu Motors plc 

46 

 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Relations with Shareholders (continued) 

Shareholders  are  also  kept  informed  of  Company  performance  through  regular  press 
releases.  These are made available to the London Stock Exchange and on the Company’s 
website.    Presentations  were  held  for  analysts  at  the  Group’s  full  year  and  half  year 
announcements, these presentations were streamed live and recordings are available on the 
Company’s website. 

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) 

The  2018  AGM  will  take  place  on  25  July  2018.    The  AGM  gives  all  shareholders  an 
opportunity  to  meet  the  Board  and  ask  any  questions  they  have  regarding  the  Group.    The 
Board  encourages  participation  of  private  shareholders  at  the  AGM,  however,  the  Board 
understands  that  it  is  not  always  possible  for  shareholders  to  attend.    For  this  reason 
instructions are  sent to shareholders to  enable them to  appoint a  proxy  electronically  via an 
online proxy form, should they be unable to attend the AGM in person.  Details of voting on 
resolutions at the AGM are made available on the Company’s website. 

By order of the Board 

Karen Anderson 
Company Secretary 
9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Audit Committee Report 

Audit Committee Membership and Meetings 

During  the  year  the  Audit  Committee  was  comprised  of  Committee  Chairman,  K  Lever  and 
two other Non-Executive Directors of the Group, namely, N Stead and W M Teasdale until his 
resignation  from  the  Board  on  26  July  2017.    The  Committee  met  four  times  during  the 
financial year and attendance is shown in the table on page 46. 

Only members of the Committee are required to attend Committee meetings, however, other 
individuals  (such  as  the  Chief  Executive,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Company  Secretary  or 
General Counsel and external auditors) are able to attend by invitation. 

The key responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the table on page 45. 

Activities during the year 

During the year the Committee focused on the following matters: 

•  Review of the interim and year-end financial statements for the Group 
•  Review of the consistency and appropriateness of the accounting policies 
•  Review  of  the  methods  used  to  account  for  significant  transactions,  completeness  of 

disclosures and material areas in which significant judgements had been applied 

•  Review of the effectiveness of internal controls, risk assessment process, the assurance 

• 

process and changes to significant risks 
Approval  of  the  terms  of  engagement,  strategy,  scope  and  effectiveness  of  external 
auditors 

Significant Issues 

As  part  of  the  reporting  and  review  process,  the  Committee  has  discussed  the  significant 
issues  considered  in  relation  to  the  financial  statements  and  how  those  issues  were 
addressed. 

During  the  year  the  Committee  considered  the  following  key  risks,  accounting  issues  and 
judgements: 

Significant issue 

Action taken 

Carrying value of 
goodwill, other 
intangibles and 
tangible assets 

Management performed a detailed impairment review on the goodwill, other 
intangibles and tangible assets, in the consolidated financial statements of 
the Group.  The Committee challenged the methodology, assumptions, and 
sensitivity analysis used by management.  The Committee also considered 
the independent review by the external auditors. 
The Committee concluded that the carrying amounts shown in notes 15, 16 
and 18 of the consolidated financial statements were appropriate and 
approved the disclosures. 

Vertu Motors plc 

48 

 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Audit Committee Report (continued) 

Significant Issues (continued) 

Significant issue 

Action taken 

Viability and Going 
Concern 

Share based 
payments  

Pension benefits 

Manufacturer bonus 
income 

Management have reviewed the Group’s current financial position and have 
prepared financial projections covering a three year period.  The projections 
assume that profits earned from new car sales will remain stable throughout 
2018/19; the used car and aftersales businesses and recent acquisitions will 
continue to show growth; UK interest rates will grow gradually over the next 
three years; manufacturer partners will remain in production and supply on 
normal terms of trade, and there will be no significant downturn in the global 
economic environment. 
These projections, even after allowing for sensitivity analysis to 
accommodate a reasonable downside scenario (including weaker trading and 
adverse movements in interest rates), indicate that the Group would be able 
to manage its operations so as to comfortably remain within its current 
funding facilities and in compliance with its banking covenants. 
The Committee challenged the assumptions used and also considered the 
review conducted by the external auditors.  The Committee concluded that 
the Board is able to make the Viability and Going Concern statements on 
pages 30 and 31. 

Management have ascribed a fair value to share options issued during the 
financial year.  This is estimated using a fair value model, populated with a 
number of assumptions. 
The Committee reviewed and challenged these assumptions and also 
considered the review conducted by the external auditors.  The Committee 
concluded that the assumptions applied and resultant fair value were 
appropriate. 

Assets and obligations under the “Bristol Street Pension Scheme”, which is a 
defined benefit scheme in which accrual ceased on 31 May 2003, are 
recognised in the balance sheet.  
The valuation of the scheme assets and the present value of the obligations 
are calculated by external advisors.  
The Committee reviewed the assumptions applied in calculating the scheme 
assets and obligation (set out in note 29) at 28 February 2018 and confirmed 
that these were appropriate. 

Income is received from manufacturer partners in the form of rebates and 
volume related bonuses.  A Group wide income recognition policy is in place 
in respect of this income.  Management allocate responsibility to Divisional 
Finance Directors, as nominated ‘franchise experts’ to ensure bonus 
programmes are fully understood and communicated to Dealership teams.  
The Group’s internal audit function reviews the treatment of manufacturer 
bonus income recognition on a dealership by dealership basis.  The 
Committee also considered the review performed by the external auditors. 
The Committee concluded that it was satisfied with the income recognition 
policy, and with the appropriateness of the controls currently in operation, 
over manufacturer bonus income recognition. 

Vertu Motors plc 

49 

 
Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Audit Committee Report (continued) 

Financial and Business Reporting 

The Committee is responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial statements including 
the  Group’s  annual  and  half-yearly  results  and  ensuring  they  are  fair,  balanced  and 
understandable. 

The  external  auditors  also  provide  an  auditors’  report  to  the  members  providing  an 
independent opinion on the truth and fairness of the Group’s financial statements.  This report 
can be found on pages 63 to 69. 

Risk Management and Internal Controls 

The Group has well established risk management and internal control processes.  These are 
regularly subject to audit and the results are reported to the Audit Committee and the Board 
for their review. 

Day  to  day  management  of  risk  is  delegated  to  the  Chief  Executive’s  Committee,  which 
consists  of  the  Chief  Executive,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  General  Counsel,  the  Chief 
Operations  Officer,  the  Chief  Marketing  Officer,  the  HR  Director,  the  Strategy  Development 
Director and the seven Divisional Operations Directors of the Group. 

The  Audit  Committee  confirms  that  the  effectiveness  of  the  system  of  internal  control, 
covering all material controls including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk 
management systems, has been reviewed during the year under review and up to the date of 
approval of the Annual Report. 

Internal Audit 

The Group Risk team report regularly on the audits carried out  in each dealership which, for 
the  financial  year  ended  28  February  2018,  covered  both  balance  sheet  and  sales  process 
audits as well as audits of key financial control processes.  The Group Risk team met with the 
Committee without the presence of management.  

External Audit 

for  a 

further  year  subject 

The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that a resolution be put to shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP as auditors of the 
Company 
their  continued  satisfactory  performance.  
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  have  been  appointed  as  auditors  to  the  Company  for  the 
previous  ten  financial  years.    In  accordance  with  ethical  standards  requirements  the  audit 
partner  responsible  for  the  engagement  was  subject  to  rotation  after  five  years.  Since 
February 2014 the audit partner has been Randal Casson, with the February 2018 year end 
being the fifth and final year before being subject to rotation.  No tender has been conducted.  
The  Committee  reviewed  the  effectiveness,  independence  and  objectivity  of  the  external 
auditors and no matters of concern were raised during the financial year to 28 February 2018. 

to 

The external auditors attend some of the Committee meetings and the Committee meets with 
the external auditors without management present. 

Independence of the Independent Auditors 

Both  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Independent  Auditors  have  in  place  safeguards  to  avoid 
the  Independent  Auditors'  objectivity  and  independence  being  compromised.    The  Group's 
policy with regard to services provided by the Independent Auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP, is as follows: 

•  Statutory audit services 

The  Independent  Auditors,  who  are  appointed  annually  by  the  shareholders,  undertake  this 
work.   The  Independent  Auditors  also  provide  regulatory  services  and  formalities  relating  to 
shareholder  and  other  circulars.    The  Committee  reviews  the  Independent  Auditors' 
performance on an ongoing basis. 

•  Further assurance services (this includes work relating to acquisitions and disposals) 

The Group's policy is to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to undertake this work where 
their knowledge and experience is appropriate for the assignment.  The Board reviews their 
independence  and  expertise  on  every  assignment.    Other  professional  services  firms  are 
employed in certain cases on acquisition and disposal related assignments. 

Vertu Motors plc 

50 

Corporate Governance Report (continued) 
Audit Committee Report (continued) 

Independence of the Independent Auditors (continued) 

•  Other non-audit services 

The  Independent  Auditors  are  not  permitted  to  provide  internal  audit,  risk  management, 
litigation  support  or  remuneration  advice.    The  provision  of  other  non-audit  services,  is 
assessed  on  a  case  by  case  basis,  depending  on  which  professional  services  firm  is  best 
suited  to  perform  the  work.    These  safeguards,  which  are  monitored  by  the  Committee,  are 
regularly  reviewed  and  updated  to  ensure  they  remain  appropriate.    The  appointment  of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to provide non-audit services requires Board approval for any 
assignment  with  fees  above  a  set  financial  limit.    The  Independent  Auditors  report  to  the 
Committee  on  the  actions  they  take  to  comply  with  the  professional  and  regulatory 
requirements and best practice designed to ensure their independence, including the rotation 
of  key  members  of  the  audit  team.    PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  have  formally  confirmed 
this  to  the  Board.    The  disclosure  of  non-audit  fees  paid  to  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP 
during the year is included in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. 

K Lever 
Chairman of Audit Committee 
9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report 

Annual Statement from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

Introduction 

On  behalf  of  your  Board,  I  am  pleased  to  present  our  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  for  the  year 
ended 28 February 2018.  This Directors’ Remuneration Report has been prepared on behalf of the 
Board by the Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”) in accordance with the spirit, principles and, 
as  far  as  is  reasonably  practical,  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  the  Quoted 
Companies  Alliance  Remuneration  Guidance, 
Investment  Association’s  Principles  of 
Remuneration  and  the  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts  and  Reports) 
Regulations 2008, notwithstanding that, as the Company is listed on AiM, these regulations do not all 
strictly apply.  This report is split into two sections; 

the 

• 

• 

the  Directors’  remuneration  policy  sets  out  the  Company’s  intended  policy  on  Directors’ 
remuneration from 1 March 2018; and 

the annual report on remuneration sets out payments and awards made to the Directors and 
details the link between Company performance and remuneration for the year to 28 February 
2018 and is subject to an advisory shareholder vote at this year’s AGM. 

The information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report set out on pages 59 to 62 highlighted as being 
subject to audit, has been audited by the Group’s auditors. 

Remuneration outcomes for the year to 28 February 2018 

During the  year  ended  28  February  2018, the Remuneration Committee  completed a benchmarking 
exercise in respect of the remuneration of senior executives in the Company by comparison to other 
companies  of a similar size, as  well as companies  in the  industry.  As a result of this exercise, on 1 
August  2017  the  remuneration  package  of  Executive  Director  R  T  Forrester  was  increased  from  an 
annual basic pay of £265,000 to £315,000 and an annual on-target bonus opportunity of £235,000 to 
£281,000. 

Annual bonus opportunities are based  both on  the  achievement of adjusted profit before tax targets 
and  customer  outcome  targets  including  manufacturer  new  car  and  service  CSI  performance  and 
Judge Service results.  Bonuses of 77.2% and 78.4% of basic salary have been awarded to Executive 
Directors R T Forrester and M Sherwin respectively  in respect of profit related  bonus and customer 
outcome  bonus  for  the  year  ended  28  February  2018,  which  reflects  the  financial  results  and 
customer satisfaction scores of the Group for the year relative to expectations at the beginning of the 
financial year.  

The  long-term  incentive  awards  made  to  Executive  Directors  under  the  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan 
(“LTIP”) during the year ended 28 February 2018, detailed later in this report, may vest in June 2020, 
but are subject to a holding period preventing their exercise until June 2022.  These awards took the 
form of £Nil value share options where the vesting is subject to targets based on the achievement of 
absolute  growth  in  the  Company’s  total  shareholder  return  (‘TSR’),  and  an  absolute  target  for  the 
Company’s return on shareholders’ equity (‘ROE’). 

Key remuneration decisions for the year to 28 February 2019 

The  Committee  considered  current  trends  in  the  market  in  which  the  Company  is  operating  and  in 
particular,  the  high  level  of  salary  control  being  imposed  by  Senior  Management  on  the  rest  of  the 
Group. The Remuneration Committee have recommended that from 1 March 2018, Executive Director 
basic salaries will remain at current levels.  Similarly no increase in Non-Executive Directors’ fees has 
been recommended. 

The  Executive  Director  annual  bonus  structure  agreed  for  the  year  commencing  1  March  2018  will 
continue to weight 20% of on-target bonus potential to customer outcome measures and the balance 
to the profitability of the Group.  The customer outcome measures include used vehicle and service 
customer  feedback  as  well  as  new  vehicle  manufacturer  measured  customer  satisfaction  scores.  
Profit targets have been updated to reflect the expected results for the coming year. 

In  developing  the  remuneration  policy  for  Executive  Directors  R  T  Forrester  and  M  Sherwin  for  the 
year commencing 1 March 2018, the Committee considered the form and level of awards to be made 
under the LTIP.  In summary, the Committee decided that these awards will again be £Nil cost share 
options under the LTIP subject to return on shareholders’ equity and absolute growth in TSR over the 
next three years.  The awards for the forthcoming year have yet to be finalised. 

Vertu Motors plc 

52 

Remuneration Committee Report (continued) 
Annual Statement from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee (continued) 

Conclusion 

The  Directors’  remuneration  policy  which  follows  this  annual  statement  sets  out  the 
Committee’s principles on remuneration for the future and the annual report on remuneration 
provides  details  of  remuneration  for  the  year  ended  28  February  2018.    The  Committee  will 
continue to be mindful of shareholder views and interests, and we believe that our  Directors’ 
remuneration policy continues to be aligned with the achievement of the Company’s business 
objectives.  Material changes to remuneration policy will only be made after consultation with 
major shareholders.  We hope that we can rely on your votes in favour of the annual report on 
remuneration. 

By Order of the Board: 

P. Best 
Chairman of Remuneration Committee 
9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

53 

 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report (continued) 

Remuneration Policy 

The policy of the Committee is to ensure that the Executive Directors are fairly rewarded for 
their individual contributions to the Group’s overall performance and to provide a competitive 
remuneration  package to  Executive Directors, including  long-term incentive plans, to  attract, 
retain  and  motivate  individuals  of  the  calibre  required  to  ensure  that  the  Group  is  managed 
successfully  in  the  interests  of  shareholders.    In  addition,  the  Committee’s  policy  is  that  a 
substantial proportion of the remuneration of the Executive Directors should be performance 
related,  consistent  with  the  balance  of  remuneration  paid  to  Directors  and  Senior 
Management in the automotive retail sector.  

Future Policy Table 

The main elements of the remuneration package of Executive Directors are set out below: 

Purpose and link to 
strategy 
BASIC SALARY 
Attract and retain high 
calibre Executive Directors 
to deliver strategy. 

BENEFITS 
Provide benefits consistent 
with role. 

ANNUAL BONUS 
Incentivises achievement of 
business objectives by 
providing rewards for 
performance against annual 
profit targets and customer 
outcome targets including 
manufacturer new car and 
service customer 
satisfaction (“CSI”) scores 
as well as used car Judge 
Service results.  

Operation 

Maximum potential value 

Performance metrics 

Paid in 12 equal monthly 
instalments during the year. 

Currently these consist of the 
option of a company car, or 
access to an employee car 
ownership scheme, health 
insurance, critical illness and 
life assurance and the 
opportunity to join the 
Company’s share incentive 
plan (“SIP”).  The Committee 
reviews the level of benefit 
provision from time to time and 
has the flexibility to add or 
remove benefits to reflect 
changes in market practices or 
the operational needs of the 
Group. 

Paid in cash after the end of 
the financial year to which it 
relates. 

None 

Reviewed periodically to reflect 
role, responsibility and 
performance of the individual and 
the Group, and to take into 
account rates of pay for 
comparable roles in similar 
companies.  When selecting 
comparators, the Committee has 
regard to, inter alia, the Group’s 
revenue, profitability, market 
worth and business sector.  
There is no prescribed maximum 
increase.  Annual rates are set 
out in the annual report on 
remuneration for the current year 
and the following year. 

The cost of providing benefits is 
borne by the Company and varies 
from time to time. 

None 

It is the policy of the Committee 
to cap maximum annual bonuses.  
The level of such caps are 
reviewed annually.  The 
maximum profit bonus for 
2018/19 is 130% of basic salary 
and the maximum customer 
outcome bonus is 150% of the on 
target available bonus for that 
measure.  

Targets are based on 
adjusted profit before 
tax of the Group and 
customer outcome 
measures. 
The Committee sets 
threshold and 
maximum targets on an 
annual basis. 
A sliding scale operates 
between threshold and 
maximum performance.  
No bonus is payable 
where performance is 
below the threshold. 
Payment of any bonus 
is subject to overriding 
discretion of the 
Committee. 

Vertu Motors plc 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report (continued) 
Remuneration Policy (continued)  

Future Policy Table (continued) 

Purpose and link to 
strategy 
LONG-TERM INCENTIVES 
Alignment of interests with 
shareholders by providing 
long-term incentives 
delivered in the form of 
shares. 

PENSION 
Attract and retain Executive 
Directors for the long-term 
by providing funding for 
retirement. 

Operation 

Maximum potential value 

Performance metrics 

Grant of £Nil cost options 
under the LTIP.  Options vest 
at least 3 years from grant 
subject to the achievement of 
performance conditions, with a 
further 2 year holding period 
required following the vesting 
period (applicable to LTIP 
options granted post 29 
February 2016) and may not 
be exercised after the 10th 
anniversary of grant. 

The Committee may, at its 
discretion, structure awards as 
qualifying LTIP awards 
consisting of both an HMRC 
tax qualifying option and an 
LTIP award.  Qualifying LTIP 
awards enable the participant 
and the Company to benefit 
from tax advantaged treatment 
in respect of part of the award 
without increasing the pre-tax 
value delivered to participants. 
The qualifying LTIP awards will 
be structured as a tax 
qualifying option and an LTIP 
award with the vesting of the 
LTIP award scaled back to 
take account of any gain made 
on the exercise of the tax 
advantaged option. 

All Executive Directors are 
entitled to participate in money 
purchase arrangements, or to 
receive a cash allowance in 
lieu of pension contributions. 

Vesting is subject to 
targets based on the 
achievement of return 
on shareholders’ equity 
and absolute growth in 
the Group’s total 
shareholder return 
(“TSR”). 

permitted 

annual 
Maximum 
award  of  options  under  the  LTIP 
is 125% of basic salary. 

into  account 

Tax  qualifying  options  may  be 
granted.   Shares  subject  to  a tax 
qualifying  option  granted  as  part 
of a qualifying LTIP award are not 
taken 
the 
purposes  of  the  individual  limits 
because,  as  referred  to  in  the 
operation column, the LTIP award 
will  be  scaled  back  to  reflect  the 
gain made on the exercise of the 
tax advantaged option. 

for 

None 

The  Group  makes  payments  of 
up  to  16.5%  of  basic  salary  into 
any  pension  scheme  or  similar 
arrangement  as 
the  Executive 
Director may reasonably request. 
Such  payments  are  not  counted 
for  the  purposes  of  determining 
bonus or LTIP levels. 

Notes to the Policy Table 
Performance conditions 

The  Committee  selected  the  performance  conditions  as  they  are  central  to  the  Group’s 
strategy and are the key metrics used by the Executive Directors to oversee the operations of 
the business.  The performance targets for the annual bonus are determined annually by the 
Committee,  with  maximum  bonus  typically  requiring  a  substantial  out-performance  of  the 
Company’s financial target.  

The  initial  performance  target  for  the  annual  bonus  is  based  on  adjusted  profit  before  tax.  
This target takes account of both the Group’s budget for the year and of market expectations 
after taking account of the pre-close update issued at the end of the previous year.  For the 
year ending 28 February 2019 the initial performance target is £27.5m, and may be adjusted 
during the year to reflect the impact of acquisitions and disposals.  

The performance target for the LTIP is based on both absolute growth in the Company’s total 
shareholder return (‘TSR’) and an absolute target for return on equity. 

Vertu Motors plc 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report (continued) 
Remuneration Policy (continued)  

Future Policy Table (continued) 

Notes to the Policy Table (continued) 

Differences from remuneration policy for all employees 

All employees of the Company are entitled to base salary and many other colleague benefits.  
The  opportunity  to  earn  a  bonus  is  made  available  to  all  management  colleagues  in  the 
Group.  The maximum opportunity available is based on the seniority and responsibility of the 
role. 

Share options are only granted under the LTIP to selected  Senior Executives and Executive 
Directors. 

Statement of consideration of employment conditions of employees elsewhere in the Group 

The  Committee  receives  reports  on  an  annual  basis  on  the  level  of  any  pay  rises  awarded 
across  the  Group  and  takes  these  into  account  when  determining  salary  increases  for 
Executive Directors.   In addition, the Committee receives regular reports  on the  structure of 
remuneration for senior management in the tier below the Executive Directors and uses this 
information to ensure a consistency of approach for the most senior  managers in the Group.  
The Committee also approves the award of any long-term incentives. 

The  Committee  does  not  specifically  invite  colleagues  to  comment  on  the  Directors’ 
remuneration policy, but it does take note of any comments made by colleagues. 

Statement of consideration of shareholder views 

The Chairman of the Committee consults with major shareholders from time to time or where 
any significant remuneration changes are proposed, in order to understand their expectations 
with regard to Executive Directors remuneration and reports back to the Committee.  The last 
time  the  Committee  consulted  with  certain  major  shareholders  was  in  relation  to  the 
amendments  to  the  LTIP  performance  criteria  for  the  grant  made  in  July  2016.    Any  other 
concerns  raised  by  individual  shareholders  are  also  considered,  and  the  Committee  also 
takes into account emerging best practice and guidance from major institutional shareholders.   

Approach to recruitment remuneration 

The  Committee’s  approach  to  recruitment  remuneration  is  to  offer  a  market  competitive 
remuneration package sufficient to attract high calibre candidates who are appropriate to the 
role but without paying any more than is necessary. 

Any  new  Executive  Director’s  regular  remuneration  package  would  include  the  same 
elements  and  be  in  line  with  the  policy  table  set  out  earlier  in  this  Directors’  remuneration 
policy, including the same limits on performance related remuneration. 

Where an internal candidate is promoted to the Board the original grant terms and conditions 
of  any  bonus  or  share  award  made  before  that  promotion  will  continue  to  apply,  as  will 
membership of any of the Group’s pension arrangements. 

Reasonable relocation and other similar expenses may be paid if appropriate.  

Vertu Motors plc 

56 

 
Remuneration Committee Report (continued) 
Directors’ Service Contracts, Notice Periods and Termination Payments 

Provision 

Policy 

Notice  periods  in 
Executive 
Directors’  service 
contracts 
Compensation  for 
loss of office 
Treatment 
of 
annual  bonus  on 
termination 

Treatment of  LTIP 
awards 

12 months by Company or Executive Director 

No  more  than  12  months’  basic  salary  and  benefits  (including 
company pension contributions). 
Bonuses which have already been declared are payable in full.  In 
the  event  of  termination  by  the  Company  (except  for  cause)  pro-
rated  bonus  to  the  end  of  the  notice  period  is  payable  at  the 
discretion of the Remuneration Committee. 
Unvested awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment.  
However,  for  Good  leavers  the  Committee  shall  determine 
whether  the  award  is  released  on  the  normal  release  date  or  on 
some other date. 

The extent of vesting will be determined by the Committee taking 
into  account  the  extent  to  which  the  performance  condition  is 
satisfied  and,  unless  the  Committee  determines  otherwise,  the 
period  of  time  elapsed  from  the  date  of  grant  to  the  date  of 
cessation relative to the performance period.   

Following release, good leavers may exercise their options within 
12 months (or such a period as the Committee determines).  

Good  leaver  awards  that  have  vested  but  not  been  released  (i.e. 
during  the  holding  period)  will  ordinarily  continue  to  the  normal 
release date when they will be released to the extent vested.  The 
Committee retains the discretion to release awards earlier. 

LTIP awards of other leavers will cease to be exercisable following 
notice  of  cessation  of  employment,  unless 
the  Committee 
determines otherwise in exceptional circumstances.   

Exercise of 
discretion  

Intended only to be relied upon to provide flexibility in exceptional 
or inequitable circumstances. 

Outside 
appointments 
Non-Executive 
Directors 

Subject to approval 

Re-election 

Details 

Executive  Directors  may  be 
required 
the 
notice period. 

to  work  during 

leaver 

Good 
circumstances 
comprise  death,  illness,  injury, 
disability,  retirement,  transfer  of 
employing 
outside 
exceptional 
Group 
circumstances  at  the  discretion 
of the Committee.  

business 
or 

take 

into  account 

The  Committee’s  determination 
will 
the 
particular  circumstances  of  the 
Executive  Director’s  departure 
and  the  recent  performance  of 
the  Company  and  will  be 
detailed  in  the  next  published 
Remuneration 
Committee 
Report. 
Board approval must be sought.  

All  Non-Executives  are  subject 
to  re-election  every  three  years.  
No  compensation  payable 
if 
required to stand down. 

In  the  event  of  the  negotiation  of  a  settlement  agreement  between  the  Company  and  a 
departing Director, the Committee may make payments it considers reasonable in settlement 
of  potential  legal  claims.    Such  payments  may  also  include  reasonable  reimbursement  of 
professional fees in connection with such agreements. 

The Committee may also include the reimbursement of fees for professional or outplacement 
advice in the termination package, if it considers it reasonable to do so.  It may also allow the 
continuation of benefits for a limited period. 

Date of Service Contracts/Letters of Appointment 

DIRECTOR 

Date of service contract/ 
letter of appointment 

P. Jones 
R. T. Forrester 
M. Sherwin 
N. Stead 
W. M. Teasdale (resigned 26 July 2017) 
K. Lever  
P. Best 
Copies of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office.

1 January 2015 
20 December 2006 
4 January 2010 
8 December 2011 
24 March 2016 
1 June 2015 
1 June 2016 

Vertu Motors plc 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  
Total 2018/19 Remuneration Opportunity  

The  chart  below  illustrates  the  remuneration  that  would  be  paid  to  each  of  the  Executive 
Directors  under  three  different  performance  scenarios:  (i)  Minimum;  (ii)  On-target;  and  (iii) 
Maximum. 

The  elements  of  remuneration  have  been  categorised  into  three  components:  (i)  Fixed;  (ii) 
Annual variable (annual bonus awards); and (iii) Multiple year (LTIP awards) which are set out 
in the future policy table above.  There is no element for multiple  year (LTIP Awards) in this 
table  this  year  as  no  options  (under  the  LTIP  or  otherwise)  are  capable  of  vesting  in  the 
financial  year  to  28  February  2019  as  the  LTIP  options  granted  in  2015  have  not  met  the 
performance conditions for vesting and have therefore lapsed in full.  The earliest vesting date 
for the remaining LTIP awards is 5 September 2019 however these options, to the extent they 
have  vested,  will  not  become  exercisable  until  5  September  2021  due  to  a  2  year  holding 
period which these options are subject to. 

Each element of remuneration is defined in the table below: 

Element 
Fixed 
Annual Bonus 

Description 
Base salary for the 2018/19 financial year plus pension and benefits.  
Annual bonus awards based on adjusted profit before tax and customer 
outcome measures. 

The  on-target  scenario  assumes  that  for  the  annual  bonus,  adjusted  profit  is  in  line  with 
financial targets. 

Non-Executive Directors’ Fee Policy 

The  policy  for  the  remuneration  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  is  as  set  out  below.    Non-
Executive  Directors  are  not  entitled  to  a  bonus,  they  cannot  participate  in  the  Company’s 
share option scheme and they are not eligible for pension arrangements. 

Performance 
metrics 

None 

Purpose and link to strategy 

Operation 

Maximum potential value 

Annual  rate  set  out  in  the 
annual report on remuneration 
for  the  current  year  and  the 
following  year.  No  prescribed 
maximum annual increase. 

The  cost  of  providing  benefits 
is  borne  by  the  Company  and 
varies from time to time. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (‘NED’) FEES  
To  attract  NEDs  who  have  a 
broad  range  of  experience  and 
skills 
the 
implementation of our strategy 

oversee 

to 

NED fees are determined by the 
Board  within  the  limits  set  out  in 
the  Articles  of  Association  and 
are  paid  in  12  equal  monthly 
instalments during the year. 

Non-Executive  Directors  may  be 
eligible  for  benefits  such  as  the 
use  of  secretarial  support  or 
other  benefits 
that  may  be 
appropriate. 

Vertu Motors plc 

58 

 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) 
Information subject to audit 

Single Total Figure of Remuneration 

The  remuneration  of  the  Directors  who  served  during  the  period  from  1  March  2017  to  28 
February 2018 is as follows: 

Salary or fees 
£’000 

Taxable 
Benefits2 
£’000 

Pension 
£’000 

Bonus 
£000 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan3 
£’000 

2018 

2017 

Single total 
figure 
£’000 

2018 

2017 

Executive Directors 
R T Forrester 
M Sherwin 
Non-Executive Directors 
P Jones 
K Lever 
N Stead 
P Best 
W M Teasdale1 

294 
210 

265 
210 

70 
55 
40 
40 
23 

70 
50 
39 
30 
54 

3 
3 

1 
- 
1 
1 
1 

3 
3 

1 
- 
1 
1 
1 

52 
35 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

44 
35 

227 
165 

240 
196 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

71 
53 

576 
413 

623 
497 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

71 
55 
41 
41 
24 

71 
50 
40 
31 
55 

1.  W M Teasdale resigned on 26 July 2017, his fee for the year to 28 February 2018 is calculated from 1 March 2017 until the date of resignation. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

 Benefits in kind include vehicle insurance, together with medical and life assurance premiums 
The LTIP awards eligible for vesting during the year ended 28 February 2018, lapsed in full at the end of the performance period. 
On 1 August 2017, the remuneration package of R T Forrester was increased from an annual basic pay of £265,000 to £315,000 and an annual on-target bonus opportunity of £235,000 to 
£281,000. 

Annual Bonus 

Group Performance Related Bonus 

Bonuses are earned by reference to the financial year and paid following the end of the financial 
year.    The  target  adjusted  profit  before  tax  was  £32.7m.    The  profit  bonuses  accruing  to  the 
Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 28 February 2018 are shown below:  

Performance measure 
Actual Performance 
Threshold performance 
Maximum 

Customer Outcome Bonus 

Adjusted PBT 
£’000 
28,553 
24,525 
42,500 

R T Forrester 
% Basic salary 
 payable 
62.3% 
53.4% 
132.2% 

M Sherwin 
% Basic salary 
payable 
63.3% 
54.3% 
131.9% 

In addition to the profit related bonus above, a customer outcome bonus is available if the Group 
achieves  stretching  targets  in  respect  of  customer  satisfaction  including  manufacturer  new  car 
and service CSI as well as used car Judge Service scores. To earn on target earnings of £52,250 
for R T Forrester and £38,000 for M Sherwin in this area, 65% of Group sales departments and 
60%  of  Group  service  departments  had  to  achieve  their  respective  manufacturer’s  national 
average  target  at  each  quarter  end,  and  the  Group  had  to  achieve  an  overall  “Would 
Recommend”  score  of  95%,  as  measured  by  Judge  Service,  at  the  end  of  each  quarter.  R  T 
Forrester received £43,941  and M Sherwin received  £31,733 in respect  of such bonuses  out of 
potential  maximum  customer  outcome  bonus  for  the  financial  year  of  £78,375  and  £57,000 
respectively. 

Pensions 

The Group operates a group personal pension plan for eligible colleagues.  R T Forrester and M 
Sherwin ceased to be active members of the plan in 2015 and 2014 respectively.  R T Forrester 
and  M  Sherwin  have  elected  to  receive  a  payment  of  16.5%  of  current  basic  salary  rather  than 
Company pension contributions during the year ended 28 February 2018. 

Directors' Share Options 

The movement in share options held by the Directors during the year ended 28 February 2018 is 
as follows: 

R T Forrester 
M Sherwin 

Number at 1 
March 2017 
1,003,457 
752,593 

Exercised in 
Year 
- 
- 

Lapsed in Year 
(508,475) 
(381,356) 

Granted in Year 
303,030 
227,273 

Number at 28 
February 2018 
798,012 
598,510 

The  June  2015  LTIP  issue  lapsed  in  full  subsequent  to  28  February  2018.  This  included 
options held by R T Forrester and M Sherwin of 205,128 and 153,846 respectively. 

Vertu Motors plc 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) 
Directors' Share Options (continued) 

Details of share options granted during the year are as follows: 

Scheme  Date of Grant 

R T Forrester 
M Sherwin 

LTIP 
LTIP 

23 June 2017 
23 June 2017 

Earliest 
Exercise 
Date1 
23 June 2022 
23 June 2022 

Expiry Date 

23 June 2027 
23 June 2027 

Exercise 
price 
(pence) 
Nil 
Nil 

Market value 
on date of 
grant (pence) 
44.0p 
44.0p 

Number of 
options granted 

303,030 
227,273 

1.  Options may meet performance criteria for vesting in 2020 but are subject to a two year retention period preventing their exercise until 23 June 

2022. 

LTIP Options issued prior to 29 February 2016 

Vesting  of  one  half  of  the  LTIP  options  is  dependent  on  absolute  growth  in  the  Company's 
TSR, and the other half dependent on the Company's TSR performance as compared to the 
TSR  achieved  by  the  FTSE  small  cap  index  (excluding  investment  trusts).    All  TSR 
calculations  will  be  based  on  the  average  of  opening  and  closing  share  prices  over  a  10 
Business Day period prior to the commencement and end of the performance period. 

The  absolute  growth  performance  condition,  applying  to  half  of  the  LTIP  options  granted  to 
date, is as follows: 

Growth in Company TSR 

Less than 25% absolute growth 
More than 25% but less than 100% absolute 
growth 
100% or more than 100% absolute growth 

Proportion of awards subject to absolute TSR 
condition vesting 
0% 

Straight line vesting 0 – 100% 
100% 

The relative TSR performance condition, applying to the other half of the LTIP options granted 
prior to 29 February 2016, is as follows: 

Ranking of Company TSR* 

Below median 
Between median and 90th percentile 
Above 90th percentile 

Proportion of award subject to relative TSR 
condition vesting 
0% 
Straight line vesting 0 – 100% 
100% 

*Based on FTSE small cap index (excluding investment trusts) 

The only remaining LTIP options issued prior to 29 February 2016 lapsed in full subsequent to 
28 February 2018. 

LTIP Options issued after 29 February 2016 

Vesting  of  one  half  of  the  LTIP  options  is  dependent  on  absolute  growth  in  the  Company's 
TSR.    TSR  calculations  will  be  based  on  the  average  of  opening  and  closing  share  prices 
over  a  10  Business  Day  period  prior  to  the  commencement  and  end  of  the  performance 
period.  Vesting of the remaining half of the LTIP options is dependent on the Group’s return 
on shareholders’ equity (‘ROE’). 

The  TSR  performance  condition,  applying  to  half  of  the  LTIP  options  granted  after  29 
February 2016, is: 

Growth in Company TSR 

Less than 26% absolute growth 
More than 26% but less than 42% absolute growth 
42% or more than 42% absolute growth 

Proportion of awards subject to TSR condition 
vesting 
0% 
Straight line vesting 0 – 100% 
100% 

The ROE performance condition, applying  to the remaining half of the  LTIP options granted 
after 29 February 2016, is: 

Group ROE1 

Less than 8%  
More than 8% but less than 10%  
10% or more than 10%  
1.  ROE is measured as average annual adjusted profit after tax as stated in the financial statements for the performance period, 

Proportion of awards subject to ROE condition 
vesting 
0% 
Straight line vesting 0 – 100% 
100% 

divided by average Group Net Assets. 

Vertu Motors plc 

60 

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) 
Information not subject to audit 

Statement of Directors’ Shareholding 

The Directors who held office at 28 February 2018 and their connected persons had interests 
in the issued share capital of the Company as at 28 February 2018 as follows: 

R T Forrester 
M Sherwin 
P Jones 
K Lever 
N Stead 
P Best 

Number of shares held (including by 
connected persons) 

Unvested share options subject to 
performance conditions1 

28 February 
2018 
6,929,868 
489,253 
1,522,000 
40,800 
80,500 
- 

28 February  
2017 
6,925,606 
484,993 
1,405,000 
40,800 
80,500 
- 

28 February 
20182 
798,012 
598,510 
- 
- 
- 
- 

28 February  
2017 
1,003,457 
752,593 
- 
- 
- 

1 The Directors hold no vested but unexercised share options. 
2 June 2015 LTIP options lapsed in full subsequent to 28 February 2018. This included options held by R T Forrester and M Sherwin 
of 205,128 and 153,846 respectively. 

Performance Graph 

The  chart  below  shows  the  Company’s  eight-year  annual  Total  Shareholder  Return  (“TSR”) 
performance  against  the  FTSE  small  cap  index  (excluding  investment  trusts),  which  is 
considered to be an appropriate comparison to other public companies of a similar size.  

The middle market price of the shares as at 28 February 2018 was 43.1p (28 February 2017: 
47.8p) and the range during the financial year was 40.5p to 51.8p (2017: 37.3p to 71.0p). 

Vertu Motors plc 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued) 
Change in Remuneration of Chief Executive 

The  following  table  sets  out  the  change  in  the  Chief  Executive’s  salary,  benefits  and  bonus 
between  the  years  ended  28  February  2017  and  28  February  2018  compared  with  the 
average percentage change in each of those components for the employees of the Group. 

CEO 
Employees 

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay 

Increase in base 
salary 
10.9% 
2.6% 

Change in benefits 
17% 
- 

Change in bonus 

(5.4%) 
(17.4%) 

The table below sets out the total spend on pay in the years ended 28 February 2017 and 28 
February  2018  compared  with  other  disbursements  from  profit  (i.e.  the  distributions  to 
shareholders). 

Spend on remuneration (including Directors) 
Profit distributed by way of dividend 

Spend in the year 
ended 28 February  
2018 
£’000 
179,271 
5,678 

Spend in the 
year ended 28 
February 2017 
£’000 
179,222 
5,353 

Shareholders’ Vote on Remuneration at the 2017 AGM 

2017 Directors’ Remuneration Report  

Votes cast in favour 
Votes cast against 
Total votes cast in favour or against 
Votes withheld 

Number 

157,603,161 
420,122 
158,023,283 
13,369,104 

% change 

0.3% 
6.1% 

Proportion of  
votes cast (%) 
99.73% 
0.27% 
100% 

Implementation of Remuneration Policy for the year ending 28 February 2019 

The annual salaries and fees to be paid to Directors in the year ending 28 February 2019 are 
set out in the table below, together with any increase expressed as a percentage. 

R T Forrester 1 
M Sherwin 
P Jones 
K Lever 
N Stead 
P Best 

Annual Salary/fees 

28 February 
2019 
£’000 
315 
210 
70 
55 
40 
40 

28 February  
2018 
£’000 
294 
210 
70 
55 
40 
40 

Increase 
% 
7.1% 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

The remuneration package of R T Forrester was increased on 1 August 2017. The increase in 
this table reflects the pro-rata impact on the year ended 28 February 2018 of 7 months at the 
higher rate. 

The basis for determining annual bonus payments for the year to 28 February 2019 is set out 
in the future policy table in the Remuneration Committee Report (pages 54 and 55). 

The Committee intends to grant options to Executive Directors R T Forrester and M Sherwin 
under  the  LTIP  in  2018/19.    These  options  will  be  £Nil  cost  options  over  a  value  of  shares 
subject to a maximum of 125% of salary where the vesting is subject to targets based on the 
achievement  of  return  on  shareholders’  equity  targets  and  the  achievement  of  absolute 
growth in the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”), measured over a three year period 
from 1 March 2018.  Part of the LTIP awards can take the form of a tax advantaged qualifying 
option over shares to the limit prescribed by the applicable tax legislation (currently £30,000). 

Consideration by the Directors of Matters Relating to Directors’ Remuneration 

The Committee 

The Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending the framework and policy for 
remuneration  of  the  Executive  Directors.    The  Committee’s  terms  of  reference  are  available 
from the Company Secretary.  The members of the Committee during the financial year were 
P Best (Chairman), N Stead, W M Teasdale (until 26 July 2017), P Jones and K Lever.   

Vertu Motors plc 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc  
Report on the audit of the financial statements  

Opinion 

In  our  opinion,  Vertu  Motors  Plc’s  Group  financial  statements  and  Company  financial 
statements (the “financial statements”): 

• 

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 
28 February 2018 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s and the Company’s cash 
flows for the year then ended; 

have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union and, as regards the Company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: 
the  Group  and  parent  company  balance  sheets  as  at  28  February  2018;  the  Group  income 
statement and statement of comprehensive income, the Group cash flow statement, and the 
Group and parent company statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the 
notes  to  the  financial  statements,  which  include  a  description  of  the  significant  accounting 
policies. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit  in accordance  with International  Standards on  Auditing  (UK) (“ISAs 
(UK)”)  and  applicable  law.  Our  responsibilities  under  ISAs  (UK)  are  further  described  in  the 
Auditors’  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  section  of  our  report.  We 
believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a 
basis for our opinion. 

Independence 

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK,  which includes the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. 

Our audit approach 

Overview 

•  Overall group materiality: £2,400,000, based on 0.09% of 

revenue. 

•  Overall company materiality: £2,280,000, based on 1% of 

total assets. 

•  Three full scope audit components have been identified, along wiside the 

with the Company. 

•  This approach provides coverage of 75% of the Group's 

revenue. 

•  Carrying value of goodwill (Group) and investments 

(Company) 

•  Valuation of non-new vehicle inventory. 

•  Manufacturer bonus income. 

•  Valuation of pension scheme liabilities. 

Vertu Motors plc 

63 

  
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 
The scope of our audit 

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made 
subjective  judgements,  for  example  in  respect  of  significant  accounting  estimates  that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.  

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, 
including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the  Directors that represented a 
risk of material misstatement due to fraud.  

Key audit matters 

Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  the  auditors’  professional  judgement,  were  of 
most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the 
most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material  misstatement  (whether  or  not  due  to  fraud) 
identified  by  the  auditors,  including  those  which  had  the  greatest  effect  on:  the  overall  audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were  addressed  in  the  context  of  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole,  and  in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This 
is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.  

Key audit matter 

Group 

Carrying value of goodwill 
The Group has significant goodwill balances 
in respect of acquisitions made across 
various CGU's. The recoverable amount of 
the CGU is impacted by various factors, a 
number of which are outside of Vertu's 
control, which could affect whether results 
are in line with expectations. 
Where this is the case and a CGU has been 
subject to poor historical performance, there 
is a risk around the recoverability of this 
goodwill. There is inherent uncertainty and 
judgement in forecasting future cash flows 
which are above more recent results, and 
therefore this is a particularly judgmental 
area of the audit. 

Valuation of non-new vehicle inventory 
The Group holds significant levels of vehicle 
inventory. Non new vehicle selling prices can 
vary depending upon a number of factors, 
and as a result large price fluctuations can be 
experienced in short periods. Therefore, 
valuation and provisions in relation to non-
new stock is an area of particular judgment. 

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 

To address this risk, we have done the 
following: 
Assessed the Group’s budgeting procedures 
as a basis for value in use calculations; 
Compared historical performance to historical 
forecasts to assess accuracy in the budget 
process; 
Assessed the appropriateness of CGU’s 
used for Goodwill purposes; 
Key inputs are assessed, for example 
discount rates, inflation and forecast 
revenues and costs; 
We performed sensitivity analysis on the 
forecasts, including prudent poor 
performance scenarios to assess headroom. 
Key observations 
We are satisfied with management’s 
conclusion not to impair goodwill based on 
the audit evidence obtained. 

To address the risk of valuation on non-new 
vehicle inventory we have: 
performed detail testing over the non-new 
vehicle stock held at year end, where 
possible looking to post year-end sales to 
support year end carrying values; 
performed analysis on the non-new vehicle 
stock to understand history of profits and 
losses on non-new car stock, and use this to 
assess the adequacy of the year end 

Vertu Motors plc 

64 

 
  
 
  
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 

Key audit matter 

Manufacturer bonus income 
The Group receives a level of manufacturer 
bonus which has a large impact on the 
overall result. Due to the complex nature of 
some of these arrangements, there is often 
judgement required in relation to whether 
targets have been met at a point in time. As a 
result, the related income recognised is a 
judgemental part of the audit. 

Valuation of pension scheme liabilities 
There is inherent judgement in valuing the 
Group’s post-retirement benefit liabilities 
within the pension scheme. The nature of the 
calculation means that small movements in 
key assumptions could have a significant 
effect on the pension deficit. In addition, 
factors impacting the pension liability can be 
outside of management’s control. 

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 

provision; 
used forward looking market data to assess 
current and expected future trading 
conditions; 
considered the adequacy of the Group’s 
disclosures about the degree of estimation 
involved in arriving at the vehicle inventory 
provision. 
Key observations 
We are satisfied based on the procedures 
performed that the valuation of non-new 
vehicle stock was reasonable based on the 
audit evidence received. 

To address this risk in respect of 
manufacturer bonus income, we have: 
Agreed the manufacturer bonus income 
through to supporting documentation; 
tested the key controls in place around 
commercial income recognition; 
compared prior year judgements to the final 
commercial income received. 
Key observations 
We are satisfied with the recognition of 
commercial income in the year based on the 
audit evidence received. 

To address this risk in respect of valuation of 
pension scheme liabilities, we have: 
used our actuarial specialists to review the 
appropriateness of the assumptions used; 
compared key inputs, such as mortality/life 
expectancy, discount rate and inflation rate to 
market data; 
considered the adequacy of the Group’s 
disclosure in respect of the sensitivity of the 
scheme liabilities to changes in key inputs. 
Key observations 
We concluded that the key inputs used in 
calculating the pension liability were within an 
acceptable range when compared with 
market data. 

Vertu Motors plc 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 

Company 

Carrying value of investments 
The Group has significant investments in 
respect of acquisitions made across various 
subsidiaries. The recoverable amount of the 
subsidiary is impacted by various factors, a 
number of which are outside of Vertu's 
control, which could affect whether results 
are in line with expectations. 
Where this is the case and a subsidiary has 
been subject to poor historical performance, 
there is a risk around the recoverability of this 
investment. There is inherent uncertainty and 
judgement in forecasting future cash flows 
which are above more recent results, and 
therefore this is a particularly judgmental 
area of the audit. 

To address this risk, we have done the 
following: 
Assessed the Group’s budgeting procedures 
as a basis for value in use calculations; 
Compared historical performance to historical 
forecasts to assess accuracy in the budget 
process; 
Key inputs are assessed, for example 
discount rates, inflation and forecast 
revenues and costs; 
We performed sensitivity analysis on the 
forecasts, including prudent poor 
performance scenarios to assess headroom. 
Key observations 
We are satisfied with management’s 
conclusion not to impair investments based 
on the audit evidence obtained. 

How we tailored the audit scope 

We  tailored  the  scope  of  our  audit  to  ensure  that  we  performed  enough  work  to  be  able  to 
give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the 
Group  and  the  Company,  the  accounting  processes  and  controls,  and  the  industry  in  which 
they operate. 

The  Vertu  Motors  Group  has  grown  organically  through  acquisition,  and  as  a  result  has  a 
number of subsidiary entities which contain legacy acquired dealerships. Much of the day to 
day accounting function is performed at these individual dealership levels, with the support of 
a central Group accounting function. 

As a result of this structure there are three components which required a full scope audit of 
their  financial  information,  due  to  their  size  and  contribution  to  the  financial  results  of  the 
Group.  These  are  Bristol  Street  First  Investments  Limited,  Bristol  Street  Fourth  Investments 
Limited  and  Albert  Farnell  Limited.  Vertu  Motors  Plc  is  also  subject  to  full  scope  audit  of  its 
financial information, due to the separate presentation of these financial statements within this 
report. 

The  audit  work  over  these  components  is  performed  principally  from  the  central  Group 
accounting function, however site visits to all in scope components are carried out as part of 
our  audit  procedures,  in  order  to  verify  the  existence  of  stock,  and  to  carry  out  testing  over 
sales records. 

Materiality 

The  scope  of  our  audit  was  influenced  by  our  application  of  materiality.  We  set  certain 
quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped 
us  to  determine  the  scope  of  our  audit  and  the  nature,  timing  and  extent  of  our  audit 
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating 
the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as 
a whole.  

Vertu Motors plc 

66 

 
  
 
  
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole as follows: 

Group financial statements 

Company financial statements 

Overall materiality  £2,400,000 

£2,280,000 

Rationale for 
benchmark applied 

We applied our professional 
judgement to determine an 
amount that was relevant to both 
revenue and profit before tax, 
which are measures used to 
assess the performance and 
growth objectives of the Group, as 
well as the scale of the Group’s 
operations. Our materiality 
represents 0.09% of revenue. 

We believe that total assets is the 
primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the entity, and is a 
generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. Our materiality 
represents 1% of total assets. 

For  each  component  in  the  scope  of  our  group  audit,  we  allocated  a  materiality  that  is  less 
than our overall Group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was 
between  £1,500,000  and  £2,280,000.  Certain  components  were  audited  to  a  local  statutory 
audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality. 

We  agreed  with  the  Audit  Committee  that  we  would  report  to  them misstatements  identified 
during  our  audit  above  £120,000  (Group  audit)  and  £114,000  (Company  audit)  as  well  as 
misstatements  below  those  amounts  that,  in  our  view,  warranted  reporting  for  qualitative 
reasons. 

Going concern 

In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows: 

Reporting obligation 

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or 
draw attention to in respect of the Directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and the Directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period 
of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements. 

Outcome 

We have nothing material 
to add or to draw attention 
to. However, because not 
all future events or 
conditions can be 
predicted, this statement 
is not a guarantee as to 
the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to 
continue as a going 
concern. 

Reporting on other information  

The  other  information  comprises  all  of  the  information  in  the  Annual  Report  other  than  the 
financial  statements  and  our  auditors’  report  thereon.  The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the 
other  information.  Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other 
information  and,  accordingly,  we  do  not  express  an  audit  opinion  or,  except  to  the  extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  an  apparent  material  inconsistency  or  material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other  information. 
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based 
on these responsibilities. 

With  respect  to  the  Strategic  Report  and  Directors’  Report,  we  also  considered  whether  the 
disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.   

Vertu Motors plc 

67 

   
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 
Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the 
audit,  the  Companies  Act  2006,    (CA06)  and  ISAs  (UK)  require  us  also  to  report  certain 
opinions and matters as described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated). 

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information 
given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 28 February 2018 is 
consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. (CA06) 
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06) 

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks 
that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group 
As a result of the Directors’ voluntary reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”), we are required to report to you if we have anything material 
to add or draw attention to regarding:  

•  The Directors’ confirmation on page 30 of the Annual Report that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they 

are being managed or mitigated. 

•  The Directors’ explanation on page 30 of the Annual Report as to how they have 

assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why 
they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including 
any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or 
assumptions. 

We have nothing to report in respect of this responsibility.  

Other Code Provisions 
As a result of the Directors’ voluntary reporting on how they have applied the Code, we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion:  

•  The statement given by the Directors, on page 41 to 42, that they consider the Annual 
Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the course of performing our 
audit. 

•  The section of the Annual Report on page 48 to 51 describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit 
Committee. 

We have nothing to report in respect of this responsibility.  

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements 

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  Directors’  Responsibilities  Statement,  the  Directors  are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance  with the applicable 
framework and for being satisfied that they  give a  true and fair  view. The  Directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s 
and the  Company’s ability  to continue as  a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 

Vertu Motors plc 

68 

Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Vertu 
Motors plc (continued) 
either  intend  to  liquidate  the  Group  or  the  Company  or  to  cease  operations,  or  have  no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  ISAs  (UK)  will  always 
detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists.  Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error 
and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be 
expected  to  influence  the  economic  decisions  of  users  taken  on  the  basis  of  these  financial 
statements.  

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located 
on  the  FRC’s  website  at:  www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This  description  forms  part 
of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 

This  report,  including  the  opinions,  has  been  prepared  for  and  only  for  the  Company’s 
members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and 
for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for 
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it 
may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 

adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  Company,  or  returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.  

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.  

Randal Casson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Newcastle upon Tyne 

9 May 2018 

Vertu Motors plc 

69 

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Income Statement 
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

Note 

2018 

£’000 

2017 

£’000 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit  

Operating expenses (before exceptional items) 

Exceptional items 

Operating profit  

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items 

Share based payments charge 

Operating profit before amortisation, exceptional 
items and share based payments charge 

Finance income  

Finance costs 

Profit before tax  

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items 

Share based payments charge 

Profit before tax, amortisation, exceptional items 
and share based payments charge 

Taxation 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders 

Basic earnings per share (p)  

Diluted earnings per share (p) 

6 

8 

16 

8 

30 

11 

11 

16 

8 

30 

12 

13 

13 

2,796,068 

2,822,589 

(2,487,176) 

(2,509,049) 

308,892 

(280,086) 

313,540 

(281,466) 

3,539 

32,345 

614 

(3,539) 

1,031 

30,451 

66 

(1,964) 

30,447 

614 

(3,539) 

1,031 

28,553 

(5,766) 

24,681 

6.31 

6.21 

- 

32,074 

614 

- 

1,082 

33,770 

261 

(2,515) 

29,820 

614 

- 

1,082 

31,516 

(5,800) 

24,020 

6.14 

6.04 

Vertu Motors plc 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

Note 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

Profit for the year 

24,681 

24,020 

Other comprehensive income / (expense)   
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: 
Actuarial gains / (losses) on retirement benefit 
obligations 
Deferred tax relating to actuarial (gains) / losses on 
retirement benefit obligations 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or 
loss: 

Cash flow hedges 
Deferred tax relating to cash flow hedges 

Other comprehensive income / (expense) for the 
year, net of tax 

29 

29 

31 
31 

Total comprehensive income for the year  
attributable to equity holders 

4,422 

(752) 

(93) 
18 

(4,687) 

937 

- 
- 

3,595 

(3,750) 

28,276 

20,270 

Vertu Motors plc 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
As at 28 February 2018 

Non-current assets 
Goodwill and other indefinite life assets 
Other intangible assets 
Retirement benefit asset 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total non-current assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Property assets held for sale 
Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred consideration 
Current tax liabilities 
Borrowings 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred consideration 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Deferred income  
Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves attributable to equity 
holders of the Group 
Ordinary share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Treasury share reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Retained earnings 

Note 

15 
16 
29 
18 

20 
22 
23 

21 

24 
17 

25 

25 
26 
17 
27 
28 

30 
30 
30 
31 
30 
30 

2018 
£’000 

94,381 
1,316 
6,551 
198,004 
300,252 

558,386 
66,272 
41,709 
666,367 
2,449 
668,816 

2017 
£’000 

94,595 
1,518 
1,884 
197,545 
295,542 

506,470 
52,545 
39,845 
598,860 
- 
598,860 

969,068 

894,402 

(663,404) 
- 
(3,304) 
(12,811) 
(679,519) 

(9,585) 
(92) 
(100) 
(6,477) 
(8,877) 
(25,131) 

(610,317) 
(1,572) 
(3,840) 
(8,671) 
(624,400) 

(10,166) 
- 
(236) 
(5,555) 
(7,616) 
(23,573) 

(704,650) 

(647,973) 

264,418 

246,429 

38,552 
124,934 
10,645 
(75) 
(690) 
1,175 
89,877 

39,727 
124,932 
10,645 
- 
(756) 
- 
71,881 

Shareholders’ equity 

264,418 

246,429 

These financial statements on pages 70 to 110 have been approved for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 9 May 2018: 

Robert Forrester 
Chief Executive  

Michael Sherwin 
Chief Financial Officer 

Vertu Motors plc 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement  
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Operating profit 
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of other intangible assets 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment charges 
Movement in working capital 
Share based payments charge  
Cash generated from operations 
Tax received 
Tax paid 
Finance income received 
Finance costs paid 
Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and 
overdrafts acquired 
Acquisition of freehold and long leasehold land and 
buildings 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Purchases of other property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of business (net of cash 
and overdrafts)  
Proceeds from sale and leaseback transaction 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and 
equipment 
Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Sale / (purchase) of treasury shares 
Repurchase of own shares 
Dividends paid to equity holders 
Net cash (outflow) / inflow from financing 
activities 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Note 

6 & 8 
16 
18 
6 
33 

2018 
£’000 

32,345 
(3,529) 
614 
9,714 
513 
(13,332) 
954 
27,279 
350 
(6,468) 
14 
(2,321) 
18,854 

2017 
£’000 

32,074 
(285) 
614 
8,665 
- 
16,040 
1,015 
58,123 
359 
(6,103) 
34 
(2,447) 
49,966 

17 

(1,181) 

(49,962) 

(4,346) 
(411) 
(19,802) 

1,528 
14,150 

165 
(9,897) 

- 
4,140 
(166) 
62 
(5,451) 
(5,678) 

(4,456) 
(460) 
(25,092) 

875 
- 

950 
(78,145) 

33,631 
10,831 
(14,000) 
(1,000) 
- 
(5,353) 

(7,093) 

24,109 

1,864 
39,845 
41,709 

(4,070) 
43,915 
39,845 

17 
8 

32 
32 

32 

23 

Vertu Motors plc 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserve 
£’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000 

As at 1 March 2017 
Profit for the year 
Actuarial gains on 
retirement benefit 
obligations  
Tax on items taken 
directly to equity  

Fair value losses 

Total comprehensive 
income for the year 

Sale of treasury shares 
Repurchase of own 
shares 
Cancellation of 
repurchased shares 
Dividend paid 
Share based payments 
charge 
As at 28 February 
2018 

39,727 

124,932 

10,645 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

(1,175) 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
2 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

18 

(93) 

(75) 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(756) 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
66 

- 

- 
- 

- 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Shareholders’ 
equity 
£’000 

71,881 

24,681 

246,429 

24,681 

4,422 

4,422 

(752) 
- 

28,351 
(6) 

(734) 
(93) 

28,276 
62 

(5,625) 

(5,625) 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,175 
- 

- 
(5,678) 

- 
(5,678) 

- 

954 

954 

38,552 

124,934 

10,645 

(75) 

(690) 

1,175 

89,877 

264,418 

The  repurchase  of  own  shares  in  the  year  was  made  pursuant  to  the  share  buyback 
programme announced on 26 July 2017. 

Ordinary  shares  to  the  value  of  £5,441,000  had  been  repurchased  in  the  year  ended  28 
February  2018,  of  which  £174,000  was  unpaid  at  28  February  2018.  11,745,322  of  the 
repurchased  shares  had  been  cancelled  at  28  February  2018  and  accordingly,  the  nominal 
value of these shares has been transferred to the capital redemption reserve. 

During  the  year,  the  Group  repurchased  £166,000  of  cumulative  preference  shares  for 
£350,000.    The  excess  over  the  nominal  value  of  the  preference  shares  of  £184,000  is 
included in “Repurchase of own shares” above. 

The other reserve is a merger reserve, arising from shares issued for shares as consideration 
to the former shareholders of acquired companies.  

Vertu Motors plc 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (continued) 
For the year ended 28 February 2017 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Shareholders’  
equity 
£’000 

As at 1 March 2016 
Profit for the year 
Actuarial losses on retirement 
benefit obligations  
Tax on items taken directly to 
equity  
Total comprehensive income for 
the year 
New ordinary shares issued 
Cost of issuance of ordinary 
shares 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Treasury shares issued 
Dividend paid 
Share based payments charge 
As at 28 February 2017 

34,127 
- 

96,901 
- 

10,645 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
5,600 

- 
29,400 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
39,727 

(1,369) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
124,932 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
10,645 

- 
(1,000) 
244 
- 
- 
(756) 

56,186 
24,020 

197,859 
24,020 

(4,687) 

(4,687) 

937 

937 

20,270 
- 

- 
- 
(237) 
(5,353) 
1,015 
71,881 

20,270 
35,000 

(1,369) 
(1,000) 
7 
(5,353) 
1,015 
246,429 

Vertu Motors plc 

75 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

1. 

Accounting Policies 

Basis of preparation 

Vertu  Motors  plc  is  a  Public  Limited  Company  which  is  listed  on  the  Alternative  Investment 
Market  (AiM)  and  is  incorporated  and  domiciled  in  England.    The  address  of  the  registered 
office is Vertu House, Fifth Avenue Business Park, Team Valley, Gateshead, Tyne and Wear, 
NE11 0XA. The registered number of the Company is 05984855. 

The consolidated financial statements of Vertu Motors plc have been prepared in accordance 
with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  (IFRSs 
as adopted by the EU), International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee 
("IFRS-IC")  interpretations  and  the  Companies  Act  2006  applicable  to  companies  reporting 
under IFRS. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis under 
the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities 
(including derivative financial instruments) at fair value.  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  results  of  all  subsidiaries  owned  by  Vertu 
Motors  plc  listed  on  pages  117  to  119  of  the  annual  report.  Certain  of  these  subsidiaries, 
which  are  listed  below,  have  taken  the  exemption  from  an  audit  for  the  year  ended  28 
February 2018 by virtue of s479A of Companies Act 2006. Certain other subsidiaries, which 
are  also  listed  below,  have  taken  the  exemption  from  preparing  individual  accounts  for  the 
year  ended  28  February  2018  by  virtue  of  s394A  of  Companies  Act  2006.  In  order  to  allow 
these subsidiaries to take the audit exemption or exemption from the preparation of individual 
accounts  (as  appropriate),  the  parent  company  Vertu  Motors  plc  has  given  a  statutory 
guarantee  of  all  the  outstanding  liabilities  as  at  28  February  2018  of  the  subsidiaries  listed 
below, further details of which are provided in note 35.  

The  subsidiaries  which  have  taken  an  exemption  from  an  audit  for  the  year  ended  28 
February 2018 by virtue of s479A Companies Act 2006 are: 

Bristol Street First Investments Limited 
Bristol Street Fourth Investments Limited 
Vertu Motors (Knaresborough) Limited 
Vertu Motors (VMC) Limited 
South Hereford Garages Limited 
South Hereford Garages Trade Parts LLP  Grantham Motor Company Limited  Gordon Lamb Holdings Limited 

Vertu Motors (Chingford) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Property 2) Limited 
Greenoaks (Maidenhead) Limited 
Macklin Property Limited 
Tyne Tees Finance Limited 

Vertu Motors (Property) Limited 
Albert Farnell Limited 
All Car Parts Limited 
Sigma Holdings Limited 
Gordon Lamb Limited 

The subsidiaries which have taken an exemption from the preparation of individual accounts 
in respect of the year ended 28 February 2018 by virtue of s394A of Companies Act 2006 are: 

Blake Holdings Limited 
Bristol Street (No.1) Limited 
Bristol Street (No.2) Limited 
Bristol Street Fifth Investments Limited 
Bristol Street Fleet Services Limited 
Bristol Street Group Limited 
Bristol Street Limited 
BSH Pension Trustee Limited 
Merifield Properties Limited 
Motor Nation Car Hypermarkets Limited 
Dunfermline Autocentre Limited 
Widnes Car Centre (1994) Limited 
Compare Click Call Limited 
K C Motability Solutions Limited 
Bristol Street Commercials (Italia) Limited 
Newbolds Garage (Mansfield) Limited 
Gordon Lamb Group Limited 
Aceparts Limited 
Why Pay More For Cars Limited 
Hillendale Group Limited 
Hillendale LR Limited 
International Concessionaires Limited 

National Allparts Limited 
Peter Blake (Chatsworth) Limited 
Peter Blake (Clumber) Limited 
Peter Blake Limited 
Typocar Limited 
Vertu Fleet Limited 
Vertu Motors (Finance) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Retail) Limited 
Boydslaw 103 Limited 
Vertu Motors (Pity Me) Limited 
Widnes Car Centre Limited 
Vertu Motors (Durham) Limited 
Dobies (Carlisle) Limited 
Vertu Motors (AMC) Limited 
Brookside (1998) Limited 
Nottingham TPS LLP 
Vertu Motors Property 2 Holdings Limited 
SHG Holdings Limited 
Blacks Autos Limited 
Easy Vehicle Finance Limited 
The Taxi Centre Limited 

Vertu Motors plc 

76 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

Basis of preparation (continued) 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  the  use  of  certain 
critical  accounting  estimates.    It  also  requires  management  to  exercise  its  judgement  in  the 
process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies.    The  estimates  and  assumptions  that 
have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities are set out in note 4.  

The  Directors  consider  that  the  accounting  policies  set  out  below  are  the  most  appropriate 
and have been consistently applied. 

Standards  and  interpretations  adopted  by  the  Group  in  the  year  ended  28  February 
2018 

Amendments to IAS 7, Statement of cash flows, disclosure initiative (note 34) 
Amendments  to  IAS  12,  ‘Income  taxes’,  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  for  unrealised 
losses  
Annual  improvements  2014-2016  –  IFRS  12,  ‘Disclosure  of  interests  in  other  entities’ 
regarding clarification of the scope of the standard 

New standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective and not early adopted 

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ 

IFRS  15,  ‘Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers’  is  mandatory  for  all  financial  years 
commencing  on  or  after  1  January  2018.  IFRS  15  provides  a  detailed  framework  for  the 
timing  and  amount  of  revenue  recognised.  The  standard  replaces  IAS  18  Revenue,  IAS  11 
Construction Contracts and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes. The impact of applying 
IFRS 15 to the Group’s financial statements has been reviewed by revenue stream. 

Sale of motor vehicles, parts and aftersales services 

Sales  of  vehicles  and  parts  are  currently  recognised  when  the  goods  have  been  supplied. 
Aftersales services are recognised when the service has been completed in line with stage of 
completion  of  the  transaction  at  the  reporting  date,  assessed  by  the  time  expended  on 
services that are charged on a labour rate basis. Under IFRS 15, revenue will be recognised 
when  the  customer  has  control  of  the  goods.  This  is  expected  to  have  no  impact  on  the 
current  revenue  recognition  policies.  Manufacturer  incentives  (e.g.  free  service  when 
purchasing  a  vehicle)  are  not  expected  to  impact  the  Group  as  the  legal  obligation  lies  with 
the manufacturer. 

Sale of warranty products 

There  is  expected  to  be  no  change  to  the  recognition  of  revenue  from  the  sale  of  warranty 
products as a result of transition to IFRS 15. Under the new accounting standard, revenue will 
be  recognised  in  line  with  the  performance  obligation,  i.e.  the  period  in  which  the  customer 
can  exercise  their  rights  under  the  warranty,  and  therefore  recognised  over  the  life  of  the 
warranty, as is the case under IAS 18. 

Commissions received 

The Group recognises income received in respect of commissions from various finance and 
insurance  companies  when  the  finance  and/or  insurance  package  that  the  customer  has 
entered  into  commences,  and  recognises  a  provision  for  the  estimated  cost  of  this 
commission  being  repaid  should  the  customer  subsequently  cancel  their  finance  package.  
Typically, this is on delivery of the vehicle. Under IFRS 15, the revenue will be recognised on 
satisfaction  of 
the 
arrangement  of  vehicle  financing  and/or  insurance  products.  The  Group’s  assessment 
indicates that no changes in revenue recognition policies will be required. 

the  performance  obligation  which  corresponds 

to  completion  of 

Transition 

The Group plans to adopt IFRS 15, at 1 March 2018, using the cumulative effect method. The 
Group will therefore not apply the requirements of IFRS 15 to the comparative period. 

Vertu Motors plc 

77 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

New  standards  and  interpretations  issued  but  not  yet  effective  and  not  early  adopted 
(continued) 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ 

IFRS  9,  ‘Financial  Instruments’  is  effective  for  financial  years  commencing  on  or  after  1 
January 2018 and replaces IAS 39, the accounting standard used in the preparation of these 
financial statements.  

Under  IFRS  9,  financial  assets  are  classified  according  to  the  business  model  for  their 
realisation, as determined  by the expected contractual cash flows. This is in contrast to IAS 
39 where assets are classified by nature.  IFRS 9 requires the classification to determine the 
accounting  treatment  i.e.  amortised  cost,  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  or 
fair  value  through  profit  or  loss.  The  classification  requirements  of  financial  assets  and 
liabilities  under  IFRS  9  is  largely  in  line  with  that  of  IAS  39  and  therefore  no  material 
differences are expected. 

Impairment of financial assets 

Impairment  of  assets  under  IAS  39  is  based  on  an  incurred  loss  approach  whereby  an 
impairment  exists  when  a  credit  event  occurs  (debts  become  overdue)  whereas  IFRS  9  is 
based  upon  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  approach.  IFRS  9  also  requires  the  impairment  of 
financial  assets  to  be  shown  as  a  separate  line  item  in  either  the  income  statement  or 
statement  of  comprehensive  income.  Impairment  of  financial  assets  under  IAS  39  is 
recognised in operating expenses. 

The Group’s analysis suggests the carrying value of financial assets and liabilities under IFRS 
9 will not differ materially from IAS 39 measurement. 

Transition 

The Group plans to adopt IFRS 9, at 1 March 2018, using the cumulative effect method. The 
Group will therefore not apply the requirements of IFRS 9 to the comparative period. 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 

In  addition  to  the  above,  IFRS  16,  ‘Leases’,  is  effective  for  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1 
January 2019 and replaces IAS 17, ‘Leases’. The new standard requires lessees to recognise 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  lease  liability  based  on  discounted  future  lease  payments  for 
almost all leased assets with some exemptions available for short-term or low value leases. 

The  impact  of  this  standard  on  the  Group  will  be  the  recognition  of  right-of-use  assets  and 
lease liabilities, predominantly in respect of the Group’s operating leased property portfolio, as 
well  as  an  increase  in  depreciation  and  interest  charges  which  will  replace  the  straight-line 
operating  lease  expense  recognised  under  IAS  17.  The  Group  will  continue  to  assess  the 
financial  impact  over  the  next  financial  year  until  the  effective  date.  The  Group’s  minimum 
lease  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  amounted  to  £90.8m,  on  an 
undiscounted basis, as disclosed in note 36. 

Transition 

For  lessees,  transition  options  include  a  retrospective  approach  in  which  comparative 
financial  information  will  be  restated  at  the  date  of  transition  and  the  right-of-use  asset  and 
lease liability will be calculated as if IFRS 16 had been applied from inception of the lease. A 
modified  retrospective  approach  is  also  available  in  which  comparative  information  is  not 
required to be restated and instead, the cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 is recognised 
as  an  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  at  1  March  2018.  Due  to  the 
volume and age of the leases in the Group’s property portfolio, it is currently anticipated that 
the modified retrospective approach will be applied with additional disclosure of any financial 
information required to increase comparability of financial periods given where necessary. 

Vertu Motors plc 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

New  standards  and  interpretations  issued  but  not  yet  effective  and  not  early  adopted 
(continued) 

Other standards  

Amendments to IFRS 2, ‘Share based payments’, on clarifying how to account for certain 
types of share-based payment transactions 
Annual improvements 2014-2016 – Amendments to IFRS1 and IAS 28 
Annual improvements 2015-2017 – Amendments to IFRS 3, IFRS 11, IAS 12 and IAS 23 
Amendments to IAS 28 ‘Investments in associates’, on long term interests in associates and 
joint ventures 
Amendments to IAS 19, ‘Employee benefits’ on plan amendments, curtailment or settlement 
IFRIC 22, ‘Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration’ 
IFRIC 23, ‘Uncertainty over income tax treatments’ 

The  Directors  anticipate  that  the  adoption  of  these  standards  and  interpretations  in  future 
periods will have no material impact on the financial statements of the Group. 

Other new standards and interpretations in the year have not been included in the list above 
as they are not considered relevant to the Group. 

Basis of consolidation  

The consolidated  financial  statements comprise the financial statements of Vertu Motors plc 
and its subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over 
which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or 
has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect 
those  returns  through  its  power  to  direct  the  activities  of  the  entity.    Subsidiaries  are 
consolidated from the date at which control is transferred to the Group and they are excluded 
from the consolidated financial statements from the date that control ceases. 

Inter-company  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  Group 
companies  are  eliminated.    Unrealised  losses  are  also  eliminated.    Accounting  policies  of 
subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting 
policies adopted by the Group. 

Business combinations and goodwill 

Business  combinations  are  accounted  for  using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting.    This 
involves recognising identifiable assets (including intangible assets not previously recognised 
by  the  acquiree)  and  liabilities  (including  contingent  liabilities)  of  acquired  businesses  at  fair 
value.    Goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  initially  measured  at  cost  being  the 
excess  of  the  cost  of  the  consideration  over  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  net  fair  value  of  the 
acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.  Where the net fair value of 
the acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the consideration, 
the  excess  or  “negative  goodwill”  is  recognised  immediately  in  the  income  statement.  
Following  initial  recognition,  goodwill  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment 
losses.  For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired  in a  business combination 
is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units. 

Each cash generating unit (“CGU”) or group of cash generating units to which the goodwill is 
allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for 
internal management purposes.  Gains and losses on the disposal of a business component 
are  calculated  on  a  basis  which  incorporates  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  relating  to  the 
business sold. Acquisition related costs are expensed to the income statement as incurred.  

Other intangible assets 

Intangible assets, when acquired separately from a business combination, comprise computer 
software  and  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortisation  and  any  impairment  losses.  
Amortisation  is  provided  on  a  straight-line  basis  to  allocate  the  cost  of  the  asset  over  its 
estimated useful life, which in the case of computer software is between four and six years. 

Vertu Motors plc 

79 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

Other intangible assets (continued) 

Intangible assets, for example, franchise relationships and customer relationships acquired as 
part  of  a  business  combination,  are  capitalised  separately  from  goodwill  if  the  asset  is 
separable  and  if  the  fair  value  can  be  measured  reliably  on  initial  recognition.    Such  assets 
are stated at fair value less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is provided on a straight-
line basis over  their expected useful lives. Intangible  assets with an indefinite useful life  are 
tested annually for impairment. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  any 
impairment in value.  Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of 
the  asset.    Assets’  residual  values,  useful  lives  and  methods  of  depreciation  are  reviewed, 
and  adjusted  if  appropriate,  at  each  financial  year  end.    Freehold  land  is  not  depreciated.  
Depreciation  is  provided  at  rates  calculated  to  write  off  the  cost  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment  less  their  estimated  residual  values,  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated 
useful lives, as follows: 

Freehold buildings 
Long leasehold buildings 
Short leasehold buildings 
Franchise standards property improvements 
Vehicles and machinery  
Furniture, fittings and equipment  

2% 
Lease term 
Lease term (under 25 years) 
20% 
10% - 20% 
20% - 50% 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its  recoverable  amount  if  the 
asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.  Gains and losses 
on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds  with  the  carrying  amount  and  are 
recognised  within  ‘operating  expenses’  in  the  consolidated  income  statement,  except  where 
amounts are material and are disclosed separately in ‘exceptional items’. 

Sale and leaseback 

A sale  and  leaseback transaction occurs  when the Group sells an asset before immediately 
reacquiring  the  use  of  the  asset  through  a  lease  arrangement  with  the  buyer.  Where  this 
results  in  a  finance  lease,  any  excess  proceeds  over  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  are 
deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Where this results 
in  an  operating  lease,  and  the  transaction  is  carried  out  at  fair  value,  any  profit  or  loss  is 
recognised immediately. 

Inventories  

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.    Cost  for  parts  is 
determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  Costs incurred in bringing each product 
to its present location and condition are included and cost is based on price including delivery 
costs less specific trade discounts.  Net realisable  value  is based on  estimated  selling  price 
less further costs to be incurred on disposal.  Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or 
defective items where appropriate. 

The timing of recognition of new vehicle inventory as an asset of the Group is dependent on 
the  terms  of  the  purchase  which  vary  by  manufacturer.  Some  manufacturers  invoice  on 
release  from  their  factory,  although  the  vehicle  may  not  be  physically  present  at  a  Group 
location, title has passed and therefore the vehicle is recognised in inventory upon receipt of 
the invoice. Some manufacturers operate traditional consignment stock arrangements where 
unpaid  vehicles  may  be  physically  present  at  dealerships  however  title  is  retained  by  the 
manufacturer. If the vehicle  consignment  is  unsold  after a  period of time it  begins to  accrue 
interest  from  the  manufacturer  and  at  the  point  interest  starts  to  accrue,  the  vehicle  is 
recorded as an asset with a corresponding creditor, to reflect the asset and funding element 
of the transaction. This is in order to record the economic substance of the transaction rather 
than just the legal form.  Other vehicle inventory is recognised upon title passing to the Group, 
typically on physical receipt.  

Vertu Motors plc 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

Inventories (continued) 

As  part  of  its  normal  trading  activities  the  Group  has  contracted  to  repurchase,  at 
predetermined values and dates, certain vehicles previously sold.  The Group recognises its 
residual  interest  in  these  vehicles  through  the  inclusion  of  such  vehicles  within  inventory,  at 
the lower of the repurchase price or estimated recoverable value, with a liability equal to the 
repurchase price within the trade payables. 

Trade receivables 

Trade  receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  measured  at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.  A provision 
for  impairment  of  trade  receivables  is  established  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the 
Group  will  not  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  original  terms  of  the 
receivables.  Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter 
bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments (more than 30 
days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.  The amount of 
the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  original  effective  interest  rate.    The  carrying 
amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of 
the loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement within operating expenses.   

When  a  trade  receivable  is  uncollectible,  it  is  written  off  against  the  allowance  account  for 
trade  receivables.    Subsequent  recoveries  of  amounts  previously  written  off  are  credited 
against operating expenses in the income statement. 

Trade payables 

Trade payables are recognised at fair value initially and subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method. 

Deferred income 

Deferred income relates to warranty product income. The Group sells used vehicle  warranty 
policies  which  are  in-house  products  that  can  be  taken  out  over  12,  24  or  36  months  with 
income received on inception of the policy. The policy covers replacement of mechanical and 
electrical  parts  which  have  suffered  a  mechanical  breakdown,  the  cost  of  labour  to  fit  failed 
parts and breakdown assistance for the period of the warranty. 

When the  income is received  it  is recognised initially  as deferred  income and is  released to 
the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of each warranty policy. 

Impairment of financial and non-financial assets 

The  Group  assesses  at  each  balance  sheet  date  whether  a  financial  asset  or  group  of 
financial assets are impaired. 

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables at amortised 
cost  has  been  incurred,  the  amount  of  the  loss  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the 
asset’s  carrying  amount  and  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  cash  flows  discounted  at 
the financial asset’s original effective interest rates.  The amount of the loss is recognised in 
the income statement. 

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is an indication that a non-financial 
asset may be impaired.  If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for 
an  asset  is  required,  the  Group  makes  an  estimate  of  the  asset’s  recoverable  amount.    An 
asset’s  recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  an  asset’s  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  its 
value  in  use.    Where  fair  value  cannot  be  determined  then  the  recoverable  amount  will  be 
determined by reference to value in use.  Value in use is determined for an individual asset, 
unless  the  asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  that  are  largely  independent  of  those  from 
other  assets  or  groups  of  assets.    Where  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable 
amount. 

Vertu Motors plc 

81 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

Impairment of financial and non-financial assets (continued) 

In  assessing  value  in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  separately  identifiable  cash 
generating units (“CGU’s”) are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money  and the risks specific to 
the CGU.  In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate valuation model is used. 

Impairment  losses  of  continuing  operations  are  recognised  in  the  income  statement  in  the 
expense category consistent with the function of the impaired asset. 

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether 
there  is  any  indication  that  previously  recognised  impairment  losses  may  no  longer  exist  or 
may have decreased.  If such indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of any amount 
recoverable.    A  previously  recognised  impairment  loss  is  only  reversed  if  there  has  been  a 
change  in  the  estimates  used  to  determine  the  asset’s  recoverable  amount  since  the 
impairment loss was recognised.   

Derivative financial instruments 

The Group manages its interest rate risk through hedging instruments. The Group recognises 
hedging  instruments  at  fair  value  with  any  gain  or  loss  on  measurement  recognised  in  the 
income  statement.  The  Group  does  not  hold  or  issue  derivative  financial  instruments  for 
speculative purposes. 

The  Group  documents  at  the  inception  of  the  transaction  the  relationship  between  hedging 
instruments  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  for 
undertaking various hedging transactions.  The Group also documents its assessment, both 
at  hedge  inception  and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  of  whether  the  derivatives  that  are  used  in 
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of 
hedged items. 

The only derivative financial instrument held by the Group throughout the year is a cash flow 
hedge  swapping  floating  for  fixed  interest  rates.  The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair 
value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges  is  recognised  in 
equity in the other reserve.  Any gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the income statement within finance income or costs.  

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the  years when the 
hedged item affects profit and loss.  The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest 
rate  swaps  hedging  variable  rate  borrowings  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  within 
‘finance costs’. The fair values of derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes 
are disclosed in note 26.   

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria 
for  hedge  accounting,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  that  time  remains  in 
equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income 
statement.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain 
or  loss  that  was  reported  within  equity  is  immediately  transferred  to  the  income  statement 
within finance income or costs. 

Taxation 

Current tax 

Current  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  at  amounts  expected  to  be  paid  (or 
recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax 

Deferred  tax  is  provided  using  the  liability  method  on  temporary  differences  at  the  balance 
sheet date  between  the  tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts at the 
balance sheet date for financial reporting purposes.  Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for 
all temporary differences, except: 

Vertu Motors plc 

82 

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1.  Accounting Policies (continued) 

Taxation (continued) 

Deferred tax (continued) 

a.  where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset 
or  liability  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business  combination  and,  at  the  time  of  the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and 

b. 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with  investments in subsidiaries, 
where  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  the  temporary  difference  can  be  controlled  and  it  is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax 
credits  and  unused  tax  losses,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profit  will  be 
available against which the temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits 
and unused tax losses can be utilised except: 

a.  where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from 
the  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business 
combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss; and 

b. 

in  respect  of  deductible 
in 
subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profits will be 
available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. 

temporary  differences  associated  with 

investments 

Deferred tax is calculated using the enacted or substantively enacted rates that are expected 
to  apply  when  the  asset  or  liability  is  settled.    Deferred  tax  is  charged  or  credited  to  the 
income statement, except when it relates to items credited or charged direct to equity in which 
case the deferred tax is also credited or charged to equity.  

Revenue 

Revenue  for  the  sale  of  goods  and  services  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  consideration 
receivable,  net  of  value  added  tax  and  any  discounts.    It  excludes  sales  related  taxes  and 
intra  Group  transactions.    Revenue  is  recognised  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  the 
economic  benefits  will  flow  to  the  Group  and  the  revenue  can  be  reliably  measured.    In 
practice  this  means  that  revenue  is  recognised  when  vehicles  or  parts  are  invoiced  and 
physically despatched or when a service has been undertaken.  

Finance commissions  

Finance  commissions  are  received  for  the  arrangement  of  vehicle  financing  and  related 
insurance products where the Group acts as agent on behalf of a principal. Commissions are 
based on agreed rates and income is recognised when the finance and/or insurance package 
that  the  customer  has  entered  into  commences.   Typically  this  is  on  delivery  of  the  vehicle. 
Where  the  commission  received  relates  to  a  specific  vehicle  sale,  it  is  recognised  within 
revenue.  Where  the  commission  received  relates  to  a  central  rebate,  it  is  recognised  within 
cost of sales. 

Manufacturer rebates 

Vehicle  specific  rebates  from  manufacturers  are  recognised  when  it  is  probable  that  the 
economic benefit will flow to the Group and the value can  be reliably measured. In practice, 
this  means  that  vehicle  specific  manufacturer  rebates  are  recognised  when  the  vehicle  to 
which  the  rebate  relates,  has  been  invoiced  and  physically  despatched.  In  the  case  of  non-
vehicle specific related rebates from suppliers, these are recognised in the income statement 
upon  achievement  of  the  specific  agreed  supplier  criteria.  Manufacturer  rebates  are 
recognised within cost of sales. 

Vertu Motors plc 

83 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1.  Accounting Policies (continued) 

Pension costs 

The  Group  operates  a  trust  based  defined  benefit  pension  scheme,  Bristol  Street  Pension 
Scheme, which was closed to new entrants and future accrual in May 2003. 

Typically, defined benefit schemes define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will 
receive  on  retirement,  usually  dependent  on  one  or  more  factors  such  as  age,  years  of 
service and compensation. 

The assets of the defined benefit scheme are held separately from the assets of the Group.  
The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension 
scheme is the present value of the defined benefit obligations at the balance sheet date less 
the  fair  value  of  plan  assets.    Defined  benefit  obligations  are  calculated  annually  by 
independent actuaries using the projected unit credit  method.  The present value of defined 
benefit  obligations  is  determined  by  discounting  the  estimated  future  cash  outflows  using 
interest rates of high-quality  corporate bonds that  are denominated  in the currency  in  which 
the  benefits  will  be  paid,  and  that  have  terms  to  maturity  approximating  to  the  terms  of  the 
related pension liability. 

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets, changes in retirement benefit 
obligations  due  to  experience  and  changes  in  actuarial  assumptions  are  included  in  the 
statement of comprehensive income in full for the year in which they arise. 

A Group personal pension arrangement under which the Group pays fixed contributions into 
an individual’s funds, is  also in place.  The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to 
pay  further  contributions  if  the  fund  does  not  hold  sufficient  assets  to  pay  employees  the 
benefits  relating  to  employee  service  in  the  current  and  prior  years.  Contributions  into  this 
scheme are charged to the income statement in the year in which they are payable. 

Share based payments 

The  Group  allows  employees  to  acquire  shares  of  the  Company  through  share  option 
schemes.    The  fair  value  of  share  options  granted  is  recognised  as  an  employee  expense 
with  a  corresponding  increase  in  equity.    The  Group  operates  a  number  of  equity-settled, 
share-based compensation plans.  The total amount to be expensed over the vesting  period 
is  determined  by  reference  to  the  fair  value  of  the  options  granted,  excluding  the  impact  of 
any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales growth targets).  Non-
market vesting conditions  are included in assumptions about the number of options that  are 
expected to vest.  At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number 
of  options  that  are  expected  to  vest.    It  recognises  the  impact  of  the  revision  to  original 
estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.  

Exceptional items 

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial statements where it is necessary to 
do  so  to  provide  further  understanding  of  the  financial  performance  of  the  Group.  They  are 
items that are material either because of their size or their nature and are nonrecurring. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash in hand, deposits held at call 
with  banks  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three 
months or less. 

Segmental reporting 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided 
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), Robert Forrester, Chief Executive,  who is 
responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segment. 

Vertu Motors plc 

84 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

1. 

Accounting Policies (continued) 

Leases 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the 
lessor are classified as operating leases.  Payments made under operating leases (net of any 
incentives  received  from  the  lessor)  are  charged  to  the  income  statement  on  a  straight-line 
basis over the lifetime of the lease. 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares are classed as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of 
new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Dividend distribution 

Final  dividends  to  the  Company’s  shareholders  are  recognised  as  a  liability  in  the  Group’s 
financial  statements  in  the  period  in  which  the  dividends  are  approved  by  the  Company’s 
shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid. 

2. 

Financial risk management  

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including the effects of changes 
in  debt  market  prices  and  interest  rates.    The  Group’s  treasury  management  programme 
focuses on the  unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse 
effects  on  the  financial  performance  of  the  Group.    The  Group  used  derivative  financial 
instruments to reduce exposure to interest rate movements on  drawn debt. The outstanding 
derivative instruments held by the Group at the balance sheet date are set out in note 26. 

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of 
Directors,  which  provide  principles  on  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  the  use  of  financial 
derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments and the investment of excess liquidity. 

The Board adopts an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant 
risks faced by the Group.   

Market Risk – Cash Flow Interest Rate Risk 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings, which are issued at variable 
rates  that  expose  the  Group  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk.    The  Group’s  borrowings  are 
denominated in sterling. 

The  interest  rate  exposure  of  the  Group  is  managed  within  the  constraints  of  the  Group’s 
business  plan  and  the  financial  covenants  under  its  facilities.    The  Group  has  performed 
calculations  to  analyse  its  interest  rate  exposure  taking  into  account  refinancing,  renewal  of 
existing  positions,  alternative  financing  and  hedging.  Based  on  these  scenarios,  the  Group 
calculates the impact on profit and loss of a defined interest rate shift.  The scenarios are run 
only  for  liabilities  that  represent  major  interest-bearing  positions.  No  significant  issues  were 
highlighted as a resulted of these sensitivities being performed. 

Credit Risk 

Credit  risk  arises  from  cash  and  deposits  with  banks  as  well  as  credit  exposures  to 
customers.  Individual customer risk limits are set based on external credit reference agency 
ratings  and the  utilisation of these credit limits is regularly monitored.  Further disclosure on 
credit exposure is given in note 22. 

Liquidity Risk 

Ultimate  responsibility  for  liquidity  risk  rests  with  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  has  built  an 
appropriate  liquidity  risk  management  framework  for  the  management  of  the  Group’s  short, 
medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements.  The Group manages 
liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  adequate  reserves,  banking  facilities  and  reserve  borrowing 
facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity 
profiles of financial assets and liabilities.  Disclosed within note 25 are the undrawn banking 
facilities that the Group has at its disposal, in order to further reduce liquidity risk.  

Vertu Motors plc 

85 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

2. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

Liquidity Risk (continued) 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments 
into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to 
contractual  maturity  date.    The  amounts  disclosed  in  the  table  are  the  contractual 
undiscounted cash flows.  All borrowings are denominated in sterling.   

Bank borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes) 
At 28 February 2018 

Bank borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes) 
At 28 February 2017 

Less than one 
year 
£’000 
205 
12,811 

Between two 
and five years 
£’000 
10,821 
- 

Total 
£’000  
11,026 
12,811 

657,585 
670,601 

- 
10,821 

657,585 
681,422 

Less than one 
year 
£’000 
180 
8,671 

Between two 
and five years 
£’000 
10,720 
- 

Total 
£’000  
10,900 
8,671 

604,791 
613,642 

- 
10,720 

604,791 
624,362 

Other borrowings represent amounts repayable under used car stocking facilities. 

3. 

Capital risk management  

The  Group’s  primary  objective  when  managing  capital  is  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to 
continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders. 

The  Group  must  ensure  that  sufficient  capital  resources  are  available  for  working  capital 
requirements and meeting principal and interest payment obligations as they fall due. 

Consistent with others in this industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing 
ratio, which is calculated as net debt divided by total capital.  Net debt is calculated as total 
borrowings  (including  current  and  non-current  borrowings  as  shown  in  the  consolidated 
balance  sheet)  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Total  capital  is  calculated  as  total 
shareholders’ equity. 

The Group had net cash of £19,313,000 at 28 February 2018 as disclosed in note 32 to the 
consolidated financial statements (2017: net cash of £21,008,000). 

Fair value estimation 

The  carrying  value  less  impairment  provision  of  trade  receivables  and  payables  are 
considered  to  approximate  their  fair  values.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  borrowings 
approximate to the carrying value reported in the balance sheet, as the majority are variable 
rate borrowings. 

4. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

The  Group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.    The  resulting 
accounting  estimates,  will,  by  definition,  seldom  equal  the  related  actual  results.    The 
estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below: 

Valuation of goodwill 

The  valuation  of  goodwill  acquired  is  performed  in  accordance  with  IFRS  3  and  is  therefore 
based  on  provisional  values  ascribed  within  the  measurement  period  subsequent  to 
acquisition. Management judgement has been used in determining the existence and value of 
separately identifiable assets acquired as part of the business combination. 

Vertu Motors plc 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

4. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued) 

Valuation of other intangible assets 

When a business combination takes place, the Group is required to assess whether there are 
any  additional  intangible  assets  arising  separately  from  goodwill.  Management  judgement  is 
required to determine whether an intangible asset can be separately identified, what fair value 
should be ascribed to the asset and its attributable useful life. 

Impairment of goodwill and other indefinite life assets 

The  Group  tests  annually,  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  occur,  to 
determine  whether  goodwill  or  other  indefinite  life  assets  have  suffered  any  impairment,  in 
accordance  with  the  accounting  policy  stated  above  and  in  note  15.    The  recoverable 
amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations.  
These calculations require the use of estimates. 

Share based payments 

Share options issued to certain employees are measured at fair value at the grant date using 
a fair value model, and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on 
an estimate of the number of options which will vest. The key assumptions of this model are 
disclosed in note 30. 

Estimated useful life of intangibles, property, plant and equipment and impairment testing 

The  Group  estimates  the  useful  life  and  residual  values  of  intangible  assets,  property,  plant 
and equipment and reviews these estimates at each financial year end.  The Group also tests 
for impairment when a trigger event occurs, or annually, as appropriate. 

Pension benefits 

During the  year ended 28 February 2018, the Group operated two defined benefit schemes, 
the “Bristol Street Pension Scheme” and the “SHG Pension Scheme”. On 27 February 2017, 
the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  SHG  Pension  Scheme  were  merged  into  the  Bristol  Street 
Pension  Scheme  and  on  7  February  2018  the  SHG  Pension  Scheme  was  wound  up. 
Therefore  at  28  February  2018,  the  Group  only  operated  one  defined  benefit  pension 
scheme,  the  “Bristol  Street  Pension  Scheme”.  The  obligations  under  this  defined  benefit 
scheme  are  recognised  in  the  balance  sheet  and  represent  the  present  value  of  the 
obligations  calculated  by  independent  actuaries,  with  input  from  management.    These 
actuarial  valuations  include  assumptions  such  as  discount  rates,  annual  rates  of  return  and 
mortality rates.  These assumptions vary from time to time according to prevailing economic 
conditions.  Details  of the  assumptions  used  for the  scheme in the  year  ended  28 February 
2018 are provided in note 29. 

5. 

Segmental information 

The  Group  adopts  IFRS  8  “Operating  Segments”,  which  determines  and  presents  operating 
segments  based  on  information  provided  to  the  Group’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker 
(“CODM”),  Robert  Forrester,  Chief  Executive.    The  CODM  receives  information  about  the 
Group overall and therefore there is one operating segment. 

The CODM assesses the performance of the operating segment based on a measure of both 
revenue  and  gross  margin.    However,  to  increase  transparency,  the  Group  has  included 
below  an  additional  voluntary  disclosure  analysing  revenue  and  gross  margin  within  the 
reportable segment. 

Vertu Motors plc 

87 

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

5. 

Segmental information (continued) 

Year ended 28 February 2018 

Aftersales* 
Used cars 
New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 

Year ended 28 February 2017 

Aftersales* 
Used cars 
New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 

Revenue 
    £’m 

Revenue 
Mix 
    % 

Gross 
Margin 
£’m 

228.2 
1,068.9 
836.5 
662.5 
2,796.1 

8.2 
38.2 
29.9 
23.7 
100.0 

124.7 
98.7 
64.1 
21.4 
308.9 

Revenue 
    £’m 
227.0 
1,037.5 
909.4 
648.7 
2,822.6 

Revenue 
Mix 
    % 
8.0 
36.8 
32.2 
23.0 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
£’m 
123.4 
100.7 
68.3 
21.1 
313.5 

Gross 
Margin 
Mix 
% 

40.4 
31.9 
20.8 
6.9 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
Mix 
% 
39.4 
32.1 
21.8 
6.7 
100.0 

Gross 
Margin 
   % 

44.5 
9.2 
7.7 
3.2 
11.0 

Gross 
Margin 
   % 
44.6 
9.7 
7.5 
3.3 
11.1 

* margin in aftersales expressed on internal and external turnover 

6. 

Operating expenses (before exceptional items) 

Wages and salaries excluding share based payments  
charge (note 9) 
Share based payments charge (note 30) 
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
(note 18) 
Amortisation (note 16) 
Loss / (profit) on disposal of property, plant and 
equipment 
Operating lease rentals – property 
Operating lease rentals – plant and equipment 
Operating lease rentals – vehicles 
Auditors’ remuneration (note 7) 
Rental income 
Impairment charges (notes 15 & 18) 
Other expenses 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

157,301 
1,031 

9,714 
614 

10 
10,588 
401 
4,384 
222 
(259) 
513 
95,567 
280,086 

157,788 
1,082 

8,665 
614 

(285) 
10,417 
323 
3,895 
288 
(243) 
- 
98,922 
281,466 

Vertu Motors plc 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

7. 

Auditors’ remuneration 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the 
audit of the parent Company and consolidated 
financial statements 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and its 
associates for other services: 
 - audit of Group’s subsidiaries 
 - Due diligence and other services  

8. 

Exceptional items 

Profit on disposal of freehold property 
Loss on disposal of Boston Volkswagen 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

217 

5 
- 
222 

2018 
£’000 
4,149 
(610) 
3,539 

194 

33 
61 
288 

2017 
£’000 
- 
- 
- 

On 31  August 2017 the Group completed the sale and operating  lease  back  of the freehold 
property  operated  by  the  Group’s  Jaguar  Land  Rover  dealership  in  Leeds,  West  Yorkshire. 
This transaction realised £14,150,000 of cash proceeds and £4,149,000 profit on disposal. 

On  4  January  2018,  the  Group  disposed  of  the  trade  and  certain  assets  of  its  Volkswagen 
dealership  in  Boston.  The  Group  received  sales  proceeds  of  £1,200,000  in  respect  of  the 
freehold  property  from  which  the  dealership  operated,  incurring  a  loss  on  disposal  of 
£610,000  representing  a  loss  on  freehold  property  of  £510,000  and  loss  on  goodwill  of 
£100,000.  All  other  assets  and  liabilities  disposed  of  with  this  transaction  recovered  their 
carrying value. 

9. 

Employee benefit expense  

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs – defined contribution plans 

Share based payments charge (note 30) 

Employee benefit expense included in: 

Operating expenses 
Cost of sales 
Share based payment charge 

2018 
£’000 
159,247 
17,289 
2,735 
179,271 
1,031 
180,302 

2018 
£’000 
157,301 
21,970 
1,031 
180,302 

2017 
£’000 
160,107 
16,560 
2,555 
179,222 
1,082 
180,304 

2017 
£’000 
157,788 
21,434 
1,082 
180,304 

Details of the remuneration of the Directors who served during the year from 1 March 2017 to 
28  February  2018  and  the  year  from  1  March  2016  to  28  February  2017  are  given  in  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 62. 

10.  Average monthly number of people employed (including Directors) 

Sales and distribution 
Service, parts and accident repair centres 
Administration 

Vertu Motors plc 

89 

2018 
Number 
2,020 
1,986 
1,265 
5,271 

2017 
Number 
2,042 
1,943 
1,260 
5,245 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

11.  Finance income and costs 

Interest on short-term bank deposits 
Net finance income relating to defined benefit 
pension schemes (note 29) 
Finance income 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Vehicle stocking interest 
Finance costs 

12.  Taxation 

Current tax 
Current tax charge 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Total current tax 
Deferred tax  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Rate differences 
Total deferred tax (note 27) 
Income tax expense  

Profit before taxation from continuing operations 

Profit before taxation multiplied by the rate of 
corporation tax in the UK of 19.1% (2017: 20.0%) 

Non-qualifying depreciation 
Non-deductible expenses 
Effect on deferred tax balances due to rate change 
Property adjustment  
Permanent benefits 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Total tax expense included in the income 
statement 

2018 
£’000 
18 

48 
66 

(673) 
(1,291) 
(1,964) 

2018 
£’000 

5,861 
(283) 
5,578 

512 
(254) 
(70) 
188 
5,766 

2018 
£’000 
30,447 

2017 
£’000 
34 

227 
261 

(876) 
(1,639) 
(2,515) 

2017 
£’000 

6,468 
(227) 
6,241 

(70) 
(112) 
(259) 
(441) 
5,800 

2017  
£’000 
29,820 

5,815 

5,964 

499 
174 
(70) 
(63) 
(52) 
(537) 

357 
267 
(259) 
(168) 
(22) 
(339) 

5,766 

5,800 

The Group’s effective rate of tax is 18.94% (2017: 19.45%). 

The  standard  rate  of  Corporation  Tax  in  the  UK  is  19%  with  effect  from  1  April  2017.  
Accordingly, the Group’s profits for this accounting period are taxed at a rate of 19.1%.  

13.  Earnings per share 

Basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  are  calculated  by  dividing  the  earnings  attributable  to 
equity  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  during  the  year  or 
the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue in the year.   

The  Group  only  has  one  category  of  potentially  dilutive  ordinary  shares,  which  are  share 
options.    A  calculation  has  been  undertaken  to  determine  the  number  of  shares  that  could 
have  been  acquired  at  fair  value  (determined  at  the  average  annual  market  price  of  the 
Group’s  shares)  based  on  the  monetary  value  of  the  subscription  rights  attached  to  the 
outstanding share options. 

The number of shares calculated, as set out above, is compared with the number of shares 
that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options. 

Vertu Motors plc 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

13.  Earnings per share (continued) 

Adjusted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  adjusted  earnings  attributable  to 
equity  shareholders  by  the  weighted average number of ordinary shares  in issue during the 
year.  

Profit attributable to equity shareholders 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Exceptional items (note 8) 
Share based payments charge  
Tax effect of adjustments 
Adjusted earnings attributable to equity 
shareholders 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (‘000s) 
Potentially dilutive shares (‘000s) 
Diluted weighted average number of shares in 
issue (‘000s) 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Basic adjusted earnings per share 
Diluted adjusted earnings per share 

14.  Dividends per share 

2018 
£’000 
24,681 
614 
(3,539) 
1,031 
(119) 

2017 
£’000 
24,020 
614 
- 
1,082 
(119) 

22,668 

25,597 

391,317 
5,948 

391,116 
6,800 

397,265 

397,916 

6.31p 
6.21p 
5.79p 
5.71p 

6.14p 
6.04p 
6.54p 
6.43p 

Dividends of £5,678,000 were paid in the year to 28 February 2018 (2017: £5,353,000), 1.45p 
per share (2017: 1.35p).  A final dividend  in respect  of the  year ended 28 February 2018 of 
0.95p per share, is to be proposed at the annual general meeting on 25 July 2018.  The ex-
dividend  date  will  be  21  June  2018  and  the  associated  record  date  22  June  2018.  This 
dividend  will  be  paid,  subject  to  shareholder  approval,  on  30  July  2018  and  these  financial 
statements do not reflect this final dividend payable. 

15.  Goodwill and other indefinite life assets 

Cost  
At 1 March 2017 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated impairment charges 
At 1 March 2017 
Impairment charges  
At 28 February 2018 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2018 
At 28 February 2017 

2017 

Cost and net book value 
At 1 March 2016 
Additions  
At 28 February 2017 

Goodwill 
£’000 

74,403 
(100) 
74,303 

- 
(114) 
(114) 

Franchise 
relationships 
£’000 

20,192 
- 
20,192 

- 
- 
- 

74,189 
74,403 

20,192 
20,192 

Goodwill 
£’000 

56,270 
18,133 
74,403 

Franchise 
relationships 
£’000 

13,214 
6,978 
20,192 

Total 
£’000 

94,595 
(100) 
94,495 

- 
(114) 
(114) 

94,381 
94,595 

Total 
£’000 

69,484 
25,111 
94,595 

Vertu Motors plc 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

15.  Goodwill and other indefinite life assets (continued) 

Impairment  

In  accordance  with  IAS  36,  ‘Impairment  of  Assets’,  the  Group  tests  the  following  assets  for 
impairment annually: 

•  Goodwill and other indefinite life assets 
•  Other assets where there is any indication that the relevant asset may be impaired 

In the years ended 28 February 2018 and 28 February 2017, the acquired goodwill and other 
indefinite  life  assets  were  tested  for  impairment.  During  the  year  ended  28  February  2018, 
impairment charges of £114,000 were incurred to align the carrying value with value in use. 

For  the  purposes  of  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  and  other  indefinite  life  assets,  the 
Directors recognise the Group’s Cash Generating Units (“CGU”s) to be connected groupings 
of dealerships acquired together. 
A summary of the goodwill purchased is presented below: 

Bristol Street Group Limited 
Albert Farnell Limited 
Hillendale Group Limited 
SHG Holdings Limited 
Bury Land Rover 
Sigma Holdings Limited 
Gordon Lamb Group Limited 
Other acquisitions 

A summary of franchise relationships acquired is presented below: 

Albert Farnell Limited 
Hillendale Group Limited 
Bury Land Rover 
SHG Holdings Limited 
Sigma Holdings Limited 
Gordon Lamb Group Limited 

2018 
£’000 
13,860 
13,279 
5,159 
7,842 
4,415 
11,879 
5,754 
12,001 
74,189 

2018 
£’000 
7,373 
1,749 
2,595 
1,497 
3,771 
3,207 
20,192 

2017 
£’000 
13,860 
13,279 
5,159 
7,842 
4,415 
11,879 
5,754 
12,215 
74,403 

2017 
£’000 
7,373 
1,749 
2,595 
1,497 
3,771 
3,207 
20,192 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations.  These 
calculations use post-tax cash flow projections to perpetuity. 

The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, 
growth rates and expected changes to gross profits and direct costs during the year: 

•  Management  estimates  discount  rates  using  pre-tax  rates  that  reflect  current  market 

assessments and the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. 

•  Growth rates are based upon industry forecasts 
•  Changes in gross profits and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations 

of future changes in the market. 

An annual growth rate of 3% is assumed for the first five years, after which a growth rate of 
0%  is  assumed  to  perpetuity.  A  risk  adjusted  pre-tax  discount  rate  reflecting  the  Group’s 
Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 8% (2017: 8%) is applied.  A pre-tax WACC 
of above 9% has to be applied before any entity impairment arises.   

The breakdown point sensitivity  of the key assumptions which  would cause the  first CGU to 
become impaired are as follows: 

•  The  growth  rate  would  have  to  fall  to  -0.5%  from  the  3%  in  our  assumptions.    If  we 

reduced the growth rate to -2% this would lead to an impairment of £2.1m. 

•  The pre-tax WACC would need to increase to 8.5% from the 8% in our assumptions.  If 

we increased the WACC to 9% this would lead to an impairment of £1.5m. 

Vertu Motors plc 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

16. 

 Other intangible assets 

2018 

Cost 
At 1 March 2017 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated amortisation 
At 1 March 2017 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Net book value at 28 February 2018 
Net book value at 28 February 2017 

2017 

Cost 
At 1 March 2016 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2017 

Accumulated amortisation 
At 1 March 2016 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2017 

Net book value at 28 February 2017 
Net book value at 29 February 2016 

17.  Business combinations 

Business disposals 

Earn out 
£’000 

Software 
costs 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships 
£’000 

400 
- 
- 
400 

312 
88 
- 
400 

- 
88 

3,464 
412 
(1,760) 
2,116 

2,472 
435 
(1,760) 
1,147 

969 
992 

855 
- 
- 
855 

417 
91 
- 
508 

347 
438 

Earn out 
£’000 

Software 
costs 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships 
£’000 

400 
- 
- 
400 

178 
134 
- 
312 

88 
222 

3,015 
460 
(11) 
3,464 

2,094 
389 
(11) 
2,472 

992 
921 

855 
- 
- 
855 

326 
91 
- 
417 

438 
529 

Total 
£’000 

4,719 
412 
(1,760) 
3,371 

3,201 
614 
(1,760) 
2,055 

1,316 
1,518 

Total 
£’000 

4,270 
460 
(11) 
4,719 

2,598 
614 
(11) 
3,201 

1,518 
1,672 

On  31  March  2017,  the  Group  disposed  of  the  trade  and  certain  assets  of  its  Peugeot 
dealership in Chesterfield. 

On  4  January  2018,  the  Group  disposed  of  the  trade  and  certain  assets  of  its  Volkswagen 
dealership in Boston. 

Details of the fair value of the combined net assets disposed of are as follows: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Net cash consideration received 

Fair 
Value 
£’000 
1,227 
432 
24 
(155) 
1,528 

Disposal related costs (included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 28 
February 2018) totalled £18,000 in respect of these disposals. 

Vertu Motors plc 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

17.  Business combinations (continued) 

Deferred consideration 

Deferred consideration outstanding at 28 February 2018: 

SHG Holdings Limited 
Other businesses*  
Total deferred consideration 

Maturity of deferred consideration: 

Payable in less than 12 months 
Payable in greater than 12 months 
Total deferred consideration 

2018 
£’000 
- 
100 
100 

2018 
£’000 
- 
100 
100 

2017 
£’000 
1,500 
308 
1,808 

2017 
£’000 
1,572 
236 
1,808 

During  the  year  ended  28  February  2018,  £1,181,250  was  paid  in  respect  of  the  SHG 
Holdings acquisition which took place during the year ended 28 February 2016. The valuation 
of the final payment was dependent on certain performance criteria. 

*Deferred consideration in respect of “other businesses” relates to earn out arrangements on 
the acquisitions of ancillary businesses payable in future periods. The value of this liability is 
reassessed at each period end based on what is expected to be due in future periods under 
these arrangements. 

18.  Property, plant and equipment 

2018 

Cost 
At 1 March 2017 
Additions 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Transfer to assets held for sale (note 21) 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
At 1 March 2017 
Depreciation charge 
Impairment 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Transfer to assets held for sale (note 21) 
At 28 February 2018 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2018 

Freehold 
and long 
leasehold 
 land and 
buildings* 

£’000 

197,786 
18,238 
(12,448) 
(153) 
(2,695) 
200,728 

15,830 
4,232 
399 
(825) 
(51) 
(246) 
19,339 

Short 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings* 
£’000 

Vehicles  
and 
machinery 
£’000 

Furniture, 
Fittings  
and 
equipment 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

5,073 
928 
(733) 
153 
- 
5,421 

1,856 
767 
- 
(733) 
51 
- 
1,941 

7,502 
1,864 
(892) 
(14) 
- 
8,460 

3,197 
1,573 
- 
(838) 
(11) 
- 
3,921 

15,010  225,371 
24,718 
(17,579) 
- 
(2,695) 
15,206  229,815 

3,688 
(3,506) 
14 
- 

6,943 
3,142 
- 
(3,486) 
11 
- 
6,610 

27,826 
9,714 
399 
(5,882) 
- 
(246) 
31,811 

181,389 

3,480 

4,539 

8,596  198,004 

At 28 February 2017 

181,956 

3,217 

4,305 

8,067  197,545 

* Includes leasehold improvements and franchise standards property improvements. 

Vertu Motors plc 

94 

650 

(57) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

18.  Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Depreciation expense of £9,714,000 has been charged in operating expenses (note 6).  

In  addition  to  the  security  provided  for  the  Group’s  bank  borrowings,  specific  charges  over 
freehold  land  and  buildings  with  a  cost  of  £10,900,000  (2017:  £10,900,000)  have  been 
granted to manufacturer partners as security against consignment stocking lines. 

2017 

Cost 
At 1 March 2016 
Acquisitions 
Additions 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
At 28 February 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
At 1 March 2016 
Depreciation charge 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
At 28 February 2017 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2017 

Freehold 
and long 
leasehold 
 land and 
buildings 
£’000 

150,191 
30,528 
18,075 
(1,297) 
289 
197,786 

12,530 
3,597 
(379) 
82 
15,830 

Short 
leasehold 
land and 
buildings 
£’000 

Vehicles  
and 
machinery 
£’000 

Furniture, 
Fittings 
 and 
equipment 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

4,889 
- 
1,049 
(798) 
(67) 
5,073 

1,995 
699 
(798) 
(40) 
1,856 

6,931 
364 
2,076 
(1,757) 
(112) 
7,502 

3,203 
1,576 
(1,512) 
(70) 
3,197 

12,351  174,362 
31,447 
25,698 
(6,136) 
- 
15,010  225,371 

555 
4,498 
(2,284) 
(110) 

6,273 
2,793 
(2,151) 
28 
6,943 

24,001 
8,665 
(4,840) 
- 
27,826 

181,956 

3,217 

4,305 

8,067  197,545 

At 29 February 2016 

137,661 

2,894 

3,728 

6,078  150,361 

19.  Subsidiary undertakings 

A  list  of  subsidiary  undertakings  (ordinary  shares  100%  owned  and  incorporated  within  the 
United  Kingdom),  as  at  28  February  2018  and  28  February  2017  is  given  in  note  7  of  the 
Vertu Motors plc company only financial statements (pages 117 to 119). 

Vertu Motors plc 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

20. 

Inventories 

New vehicle stock 
Used, demonstrator and courtesy vehicles 
Parts and sundry stocks 

The total value of new vehicle stock is comprised of the following: 

Interest bearing consignment stock 
Stock invoiced not yet paid held by Manufacturers 
to the order of the Group 
Other new vehicle stock 

2018 
£’000 
417,939 
124,541 
15,906 
558,386 

2018 
£’000 
26,732 

339,425 
51,782 
417,939 

2017 
£’000  
385,368 
106,116 
14,986 
506,470 

2017 
£’000  
34,091 

305,740 
45,537 
385,368 

A corresponding liability is held in trade payables in respect of stock invoiced not yet paid held 
by Manufacturers to the order of the Group and interest bearing consignment stock. The cost 
of  inventories  recognised  as  expense  and  included  within  ‘cost  of  sales’  amounted  to 
£2,565,965,000 (2017: £2,584,811,000). 

21.  Property assets held for resale 

At beginning of year 
Transfers in from freehold property  
Property sold during the year 
At end of year 

2018 
£’000 
- 
2,449 
- 
2,449 

2017 
£’000 
537 
- 
(537) 
- 

The  transfer  in  from freehold  property  during  year  ended  28  February  2018  relates  to  three 
assets:  surplus  land  at  Newcastle  under  Lyme  which  was  sold  on  19  March  2018  realising 
cash  proceeds  of  £2,000,000  and  a  £630,000  profit  on  disposal;  a  dealership  property  in 
Barnsley which the Group ceased to operate and the property is now under offer for sale with 
a fair value and net book value of £574,000; and 2 domestic properties in Slough with a fair 
value and net book value of £505,000. 

22.  Trade and other receivables 

Current 

Trade receivables 
Less provision for impairment of trade receivables 
Trade receivables (net) 
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

2018 
£’000 
44,235 
(1,224) 
43,011 
15,723 
7,538 
66,272 

2017 
£’000 
40,759 
(1,704) 
39,055 
6,438 
7,052 
52,545 

As at  28 February 2018, trade receivables of  £1,988,000 (2017: £1,844,000)  were past due 
but not impaired.  The ageing of these receivables are all within 3 months overdue. 

As  at  28  February  2018,  trade  receivables  of  £1,224,000  (2017:  £1,704,000)  were  impaired 
and provided for. 

Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows: 

At beginning of year 
Charge for receivables impairment 
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible 
Unused amounts reversed 
At end of year 

96 

Vertu Motors plc 

2018 
£’000 
1,704 
239 
(90) 
(629) 
1,224 

2017 
£’000 
1,159 
918 
(48) 
(325) 
1,704 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

22. 

Trade and other receivables (continued) 

The  creation  and  release  of  provision  for  impaired  receivables  has  been  included  in  ‘other 
expenses’ within ‘operating expenses’ in the income statement (note 6).  Amounts charged to 
the  allowance  account  are  generally  written  off  when  there  is  no  expectation  of  recovering 
additional cash. 

The  Group  considers  there  to  be  no  material  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  trade  and 
other receivables and their carrying amount in the balance sheet. 

The other asset classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. 

Credit Risk Management 

It is the Group’s policy to invest cash and assets safely and profitably.  To control credit risk, 
counterparty  credit  limits  are  set  by  reference  to  published  credit  ratings.    The  Group 
considers the risk of material loss in the event of non-performance by a financial counterparty 
to be low.  The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of 
each class of receivable mentioned above.   

23.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash in bank and in hand 

24.  Trade and other payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Social security and other taxes  
Accruals  
Deferred income 
Other payables 

2018 
£’000 
41,709 

2018 
£’000 

577,384 
5,819 
48,753 
8,448 
23,000 
663,404 

2017 
£’000 
39,845 

2017 
£’000  

529,181 
5,526 
44,151 
6,459 
25,000 
610,317 

Other  payables  comprise  non-interest  bearing  advance  payments  from  the  Group’s  finance 
company partners. 

Trade and other payables, excluding social security and other taxes and deferred income, are 
designated as financial liabilities carried at amortised cost.  Their fair  value  is  considered  to 
be equal to their carrying value. 

Accruals includes £12,557,000 (2017: £11,057,000) in respect of outstanding service plans. 

25.  Borrowings 

Current 
Other borrowings 

Non-current 
Bank borrowings 
Other borrowings 

Borrowings are repayable as follows: 

6 months or less 
6-12 months 
1-5 years 

Vertu Motors plc 

97 

2018 
£’000 

12,811 
12,811 

9,585 
- 
9,585 
22,396 

2018 
£’000 
12,811 
- 
9,585 
22,396 

2017 
£’000 

8,671 
8,671 

10,000 
166 
10,166 
18,837 

2017 
£’000 
8,671 
- 
10,166 
18,837 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

25. 

Borrowings (continued) 

Non-current other borrowing at 28 February 2017 comprised cumulative preference shares of 
£166,000 which were repurchased during the year ended 28 February 2018. 

a)    Bank borrowings 

The fair value of bank borrowings equals their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting 
is not significant.  Bank borrowings are designated as financial liabilities carried at amortised 
cost. 

The Group’s £40,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) was available throughout the year 
ended 28 February 2018. This facility bears an interest rate of between 1.3% and 2.1% above 
LIBOR depending on the value of the Group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio.  Interest was paid on 
the debt drawn under this facility at the rate of 1.3% above LIBOR throughout the year to 28 
February 2018. On 31 July 2017, the Group entered into an interest rate swap in respect of 
the  first  £10,000,000  of  this  facility,  swapping  LIBOR  for  a  fixed  interest  rate  of  0.675%. 
£10,000,000 of the RCF was drawn at 28 February 2018.  A rate of 1.10% above base rate 
has been applied in relation to overdrafts and a rate of 1.10% above LIBOR has been applied 
to the Committed Money Market Loan (“CMML”) facility. The bank borrowings are secured on 
the assets of the Company and the Group. 

In  addition  to  the  RCF  facility,  the  Group  also  has  access  to  an  additional  £30,000,000 
uncommitted “accordion” facility.  

On 28 February 2018, the Group exercised the option to extend these facilities for a further 12 
months such that the facility is now in place until 28 February 2023.  

The overdraft and CMML facilities were renewed for a further 12 months on 16 February 2018 
with the CMML facility now rising to £68,000,000 for four peak months of the year. During the 
year  ended  28  February  2018  the  facility  during  these  peak  months  was  £63,000,000.  The 
applicable  interest  rates  on  the  working  capital  facilities,  namely  the  CMML  and  overdraft, 
were unchanged. 

The Group had the following undrawn borrowing and overdraft facilities at 28 February 2018: 

Floating rate 
 - Overdraft (uncommitted) expiring in one year 
 - CMML (committed) facility expiring in one year 
 - RCF facility expiring in greater than one year * 
 - Used car stocking facility expiring in one year 

2018 
£’000 

5,000 
68,000 
30,000 
17,189 
120,189 

2017 
£’000 

5,000 
63,000 
30,000 
16,329 
114,329 

* Excludes the uncommitted “accordion facility” referred to above. 

b)    Financial assets 

The Group’s financial assets on which floating interest is receivable comprise cash deposits 
and cash in hand of £41,709,000 (2017: £39,845,000).  The cash deposits comprise deposits 
placed  on  money  market  at  call,  seven  day  and  cash  deposited  with  counterparty  banks  at 
commercially negotiated interest rates. 

Trade  and  other  receivables  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  designated  as  loans  and 
receivables, carried at amortised cost.  Their fair value is deemed to be equal to their carrying 
value. 

26.  Derivative financial instruments 

Interest rate swap contracts 

The  fair  values  of  derivative  financial  instruments  used  for  hedging  purposes  are  disclosed 
below: 

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Total derivates designated as hedging instruments 

Vertu Motors plc 

98 

2018 
£’000 
92 
92 

2017 
£’000 

- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

26. 

Derivative financial instruments (continued) 

Non-current borrowings subject to hedging instruments 
Total derivative financial liabilities 

2018 
£’000 
10,000 
10,000 

2017 
£’000 

- 
- 

The  Group  manages  its  cash-flow  interest  rate  risk  by  using  floating-to-fixed  interest  rate 
swaps. Normally the Group raises long-term borrowings at floating rates and swaps them into 
fixed rates. 

The  notional  principal  amounts  of  outstanding  floating  to  fixed  interest  rate  swap  contracts 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow interest rate hedges of variable rate debt at 
28 February 2018 totalled £10,000,000 (2017: £Nil). Their fair value was £92,000 (2017: £Nil). 

The ineffective portion recognised in the finance expense that arises from cash flow hedges 
amounts to a loss of £Nil (2017: £Nil). 

At 28 February 2018, the main floating rate was LIBOR. Gains and losses recognised in the 
cash flow  hedging reserve  in equity  on  interest rate swap contracts as at  28 February  2018 
will  be  released  to  the  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income  as  the  related 
interest expense is recognised. 

27.  Deferred income tax liabilities  

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right 
to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes 
relate to the same fiscal authority.  The amounts offset are as follows: 

Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 
months 
Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 
months 
Deferred tax liabilities (net) 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

(1,737) 

(1,504) 

8,214 
6,477 

7,059 
5,555 

The gross movement on the Group’s deferred income tax account is as follows: 

2018 

At 1 March 2017 
Charged / (credited) to income statement 
(note 12) 
Charged / (credited) directly to equity 
At 28 February 2018 

2017 

At 1 March 2016 
Credited to income statement (note 12) 
Credited directly to equity 
Acquisitions  
At 28 February 2017 

Deferred tax 
liabilities 
£’000 
7,059 

Deferred tax 
assets 
£’000 
(1,504) 

403 
752 
8,214 

(215) 
(18) 
(1,737) 

Deferred tax 
liabilities 
£’000 
5,820 
(388) 
(937) 
2,564 
7,059 

Deferred tax 
assets 
£’000 
(1,370) 
(53) 
- 
(81) 
(1,504) 

Net 
£’000 
5,555 

188 
734 
6,477 

Net 
£’000 
4,450 
(441) 
(937) 
2,483 
5,555 

Vertu Motors plc 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
£’000 
5,555 

188 
734 
6,477 

Total 
£’000 
4,450 

(441) 
2,483 
(937) 
5,555 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

27. 

Deferred income tax liabilities (continued) 

2018 

At 1 March 2017 
(Credited) / charged to income 
statement (note 12) 
Charged / (credited) directly to equity 
At 28 February 2018 

Accelerated tax  
depreciation 
£’000 
2,472 

Share  
based 

payments  Pensions 
£’000 
321 

£’000 
(488) 

Other 
timing 
differences 
£’000 
3,250 

(546) 
- 
1,926 

(154) 
- 
(642) 

41 
752 
1,114 

847 
(18) 
4,079 

2017 

At 1 March 2016 
(Credited) / charged to income 
statement (note 12) 
Acquisitions  
Credited directly to equity 
At 28 February 2017 

Accelerated tax  
depreciation 
£’000 
1,606 

Share  
based 

payments  Pensions 
£’000 
1,098 

£’000 
(434) 

Other 
timing 
differences 
£’000 
2,180 

(431) 
1,297 
- 
2,472 

(54) 
- 
- 
(488) 

160 
- 
(937) 
321 

(116) 
1,186 
- 
3,250 

The  2016  Finance  Bill  included  provisions  to  reduce  the  rate  of  corporation  tax  to  17%  with 
effect from 1 April 2020. Accordingly, deferred tax balances have been revalued at the lower 
rate of 17% in these financial statements. 

28.  Deferred income due in greater than one year  

Warranty income 

2018 
£’000 
8,877 
8,877 

2017 
£’000 
7,616 
7,616 

Deferred  income  relates  to  used  car  warranty  products  sold  by  the  Group.  These  warranty 
policies can be taken out over 12, 24 or 36 months with income received in advance of this 
period  being  released  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  policies.  There  is  an 
additional  £6,684,000  included  in  ‘deferred  income’  in  current  trade  and  other  payables  in 
respect  of  such  warranties  recognising  the  amount  to  be  released  over  the  next  12  months 
(2017: £5,536,000). 

29.  Retirement benefit asset 

The  Group  operates  a  trust  based  defined  benefit  pension  scheme,  “Bristol  Street  Pension 
Scheme”, which has three defined benefit sections in which accrual ceased on 31 May 2003. 
The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group, being held in separate 
funds by the Trustee of the Bristol Street Pension Scheme. 

In  the  year  ended  29  February  2016,  the  Group  acquired  a  second  defined  benefit  pension 
scheme,  SHG  Pension  Scheme,  with  the  acquisition  of  SHG  Holdings  Limited  in  the  same 
period.  On  27  February  2017,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  SHG  Pension  Scheme  were 
merged  into  the  Bristol  Street  Pension  Scheme,  and  on  7  February  2018  the  SHG  Pension 
Scheme was wound up. 

In  the  Bristol  Street  Pension  Scheme  disclosures  below,  the  comparatives  reflect  the 
combined position of the formerly separate Bristol Street Pension Scheme and SHG Pension 
Scheme  to  aid  comparability  of  the  Scheme  performance  for  the  financial  year  ended  28 
February 2018. 

The Group has applied IAS 19 (Revised) to the scheme and the following disclosures relate to 
this  standard.    The  Group  recognises  any  actuarial  gains  and  losses  in  each  year  in  the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Vertu Motors plc 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

29.  Retirement benefit asset (continued) 

a) 

Bristol Street Pension Scheme 

Regular  employer  contributions  to  the  scheme  (including  contributions  paid  in  respect  of 
scheme expenses) for the year commencing 1 March 2018 are estimated to be £32,000. 

The  last  actuarial  valuation  upon  which  the  IAS  19  (Revised)  figures  and  disclosures  have 
been  based  was  as  at  5  April  2015.    Changes  in  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit 
obligation  resulting  from  plan  amendments  or  curtailments  are  recognised  immediately  in 
profit or loss as past service costs. 

The fair value of the assets of the scheme are: 

Equities and Diversified growth funds 
Bonds 
Liability driven Investment Funds 
Other 

  Market Value  Market Value 
28 February 
2017 
£’000 
24,578 
1,731 
28,635 
356 
55,300 

28 February 
2018 
£’000 
20,796 
- 
32,434 
448 
53,678 

None of the assets listed above have a quoted market price in an active market as they are 
pooled investment funds specifically designed for occupational pension schemes.  A value is 
placed  on  the  Scheme’s  unit  holdings  in  the  funds  by  the  funds’  investment  managers  / 
custodians. 

The Liability Driven Investments  (“LDI”) that the Scheme is invested in is an investment tool 
used to reduce the  investment risk and therefore  volatility  in the  Scheme’s funding  position. 
Changes  in  interest  rates  and  inflation  rates  will  result  in  these  assets  moving  in  the  same 
way  as  the  liabilities.  The  LDI  portfolio  is  primarily  formed  of  derivatives,  such  as  swaps, 
which  are  leveraged  meaning  that  less  LDI  assets  have  to  be  held  to  match  the  same 
movement in the Scheme’s liabilities. 

The  expected  return  on  the  assets  as  at  28  February  2017  was  2.4%.  This  is  equal  to  the 
discount rate used in the calculation of the net interest income for the year ended 28 February 
2018. 

The overall net surplus between the assets of the Bristol Street Group defined benefit scheme 
and the actuarial liabilities of the scheme which have been recognised on the balance sheet is 
as follows: 

Fair value of scheme assets 
Present value of funded obligations 
Asset on the balance sheet 

2018 
£’000 
53,678 
(47,127) 
6,551 

2017 
£’000 
55,300 
(53,416) 
1,884 

A surplus may be recognised if the economic benefits are available in the form of a refund or 
reduction  in  future  contributions.  Clause  5.6.2  of  the  Scheme  Rules  enables  the  Scheme  to 
refund surplus assets to the employer. Surpluses are therefore recognised in full. 

The movements in the fair value of scheme assets in the year are as follows: 

Opening fair value of scheme assets 
Interest income  
Actuarial (losses) / gains 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Expenses recognised in the income statement 
Closing fair value of scheme assets 

Vertu Motors plc 

101 

2018 
£’000 
55,108 
1,304 
(981) 
380 
(1,950) 
(183) 
53,678 

2017 
£’000 
47,596 
1,693 
7,289 
380 
(1,525) 
(133) 
55,300 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

29.  Retirement benefit asset (continued) 

a) 

Bristol Street Pension Scheme (continued) 

The  movement  in  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligations  of  the  scheme  in  the 
year are as follows: 

Opening fair value of scheme liabilities 
Interest cost 
Actuarial (gains) / losses 
Benefits paid 
Closing fair value of scheme liabilities 

2018 
£’000 
53,224 
1,256 
(5,403) 
(1,950) 
47,127 

The amounts recognised in the income statement in the year are as follows: 

Expenses  
Net interest income (note 11) 
Total expense / (income) included in income statement  

The actual returns on Scheme assets in the year are as follows: 

Expected return on scheme assets 
Actuarial (losses) / gains 

2018 
£’000 
183 
(48) 
135 

2018 
£’000 
1,304 
(981) 
323 

2017 
£’000 
41,499 
1,466 
11,976 
(1,525) 
53,416 

2017 
£’000 
133 
(227) 
(94) 

2017 
£’000 
1,693 
7,289 
8,982 

The  principal  assumptions  used  by  the  independent  qualified  actuaries  to  calculate  the 
liabilities under IAS 19 are set out below: 

Discount rate  
Limited Price Indexation (“LPI”) pension increases 
Inflation rate 

2018 
2.70% 
3.20% 
2.20% 

2017 
2.40% 
3.50% 
2.50% 

Assumptions  regarding  future  mortality  experience  are  set  based  on  mortality  tables  which 
allow for future mortality improvements. 

The average life expectancy in  years of a  pensioner  retiring  at  age 65 at the balance sheet 
date is as follows: 

Male 
Female 

2018 
22 
23 

2017 
22 
24 

The  average  life  expectancy  in  years  of  a  pensioner  retiring  at  age  65,  20  years  after  the 
balance sheet date is as follows: 

Male 
Female 

2018 
23 
25 

2017 
24 
26 

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year are 
as follows: 

Actuarial gains / (losses) 
Related deferred tax liability (note 27) 
Total, included within retained earnings 

2018 
£’000 
4,422 
(752) 
3,670 

2017 
£’000 
(4,687) 
937 
(3,750) 

Cumulative actuarial gains / (losses) 

(1,229) 

(4,899) 

Vertu Motors plc 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

29.  Retirement benefit asset (continued) 

a) 

Bristol Street Pension Scheme (continued) 

Sensitivity analysis 

The  table  below  gives  an  indication  of  the  impact  on  the  IAS  19  valuation  as  a  result  of 
changes to the principal assumptions: 

Change in assumption: 

0.25% increase in discount rate 
0.25% decrease in discount rate 
0.25% increase in price inflation (and associated assumptions) 
0.25% decrease in price inflation (and associated assumptions) 
1 year increase in life expectancy at age 65 
1 year decrease in life expectancy at age 65 

b) 

SHG Pension Scheme 

Approximate impact on 
current surplus: 
£’000 
1,843 
(1,956) 
(1,331) 
1,632 
(1,759) 
1,734 

Following the transfer of scheme assets and liabilities from the SHG Pension Scheme into the 
Bristol Street Pension Scheme on 27 February 2017, £192,000 remained in the SHG scheme 
bank  account  (included  in  total  scheme  assets  at  28  February  2017)  for  administrative 
purposes  in  order  to  meet  final  payments  due  to  remaining  members.  Benefits  of  £192,000 
were paid to members during the  year to February 2018 and the scheme was subsequently 
wound up on 7 February 2018. 

30.  Ordinary  share  capital,  share  premium,  other  reserves,  treasury  share  reserve 

and capital redemption reserve 

2018 

At 1 March 2017 
Issuance of treasury shares 
in satisfaction of exercised 
CSOP options 
Cancellation of repurchased 
shares 
At 28 February 2018 

Ordinary 
shares of 
10p each 
Number of 
shares  
(‘000) 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
 reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Capital 
 redemption 
reserve 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

395,279 

39,727 

124,932 

10,645 

(756) 

-  174,548 

175 

- 

2 

- 

66 

- 

68 

(11,745) 
383,709 

(1,175) 
38,552 

- 
124,934 

- 
10,645 

- 
(690) 

- 
1,175 
1,175  174,616 

The  other  reserve  is  a  merger  reserve,  arising  from  shares  issued  for  shares,  as 
consideration to the former shareholders of acquired businesses. 

2017 

Ordinary 
shares of 
10p each 
Number of 
shares  
(‘000) 

Ordinary 
shares 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
 reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
 reserve 
£’000 

Total 

£’000 

At 1 March 2016 
Shares issued during the year 
Costs on issuance of shares 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Issuance of treasury shares in 
satisfaction of exercised LTIP awards 
Issuance of treasury shares in 
satisfaction of exercised CSOP awards 
At 28 February 2017 

341,270 
56,000 
- 
(2,636) 

34,127 
5,600 
- 
- 

96,901 
29,400 
(1,369) 
- 

10,645 
- 
- 
- 

-  141,673 
- 
35,000 
- 
(1,369) 
(1,000) 
(1,000) 

625 

- 

- 

- 

237 

237 

20 
395,279 

- 
39,727 

- 
124,932 

- 
10,645 

7 

7 
(756)  174,548 

Vertu Motors plc 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

30.  Ordinary  share  capital,  share  premium,  other  reserves,  treasury  share  reserve 

and capital redemption reserve (continued) 

Share Option Schemes 

Under  the  Group’s  equity-settled  share  option  schemes,  share  options  are  granted  to 
Executive  Directors  and  to  selected  employees.    The  exercise  price  of  the  granted  CSOP 
options is equal to the market price of the  shares on the date of the grant and is £Nil in the 
case  of  options  issued  under  the  long  term  incentive  plan  (“LTIP”)  Scheme.    Options  are 
conditional on the employee completing three years’ service (the vesting period).  The options 
are  exercisable  starting  three  years  from  grant  date,  subject  to  the  performance  criteria  set 
out  below.    The  Group  has  no  legal  or  constructive  obligation  to  repurchase  or  settle  the 
options in cash. 

As  disclosed  in  the  Consolidated  Income  Statement  on  page  70,  a  share  based  payments 
charge of £1,031,000 (2017: £1,082,000) has been recognised during the year, in relation to 
the schemes as described below. 

Movements in the number of share options in issue during the year are as follows: 

Award Date  
4 May 2007 
13 Jun 2007 
1 Aug 2007 
28 Aug 2007 
7 Sep 2007 
4 Jan 2008 
26 Feb 2008 
21 May 2008* 
28 Nov 2011* 
12 Jun 2012* 
24 Oct 2012* 
20 Aug 2013* 
30 Oct 2013 
16 May 2014 
5 Nov 2014 
13 Nov 2015 
16 Jun 2015** 
5 Sep 2016 
13 Oct 2016 
23 Jun 2017 
6 Nov 2017 

Type 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
LTIP 
CSOP 
LTIP 
CSOP 
CSOP 
LTIP 
LTIP 
CSOP 
LTIP 
CSOP 

Granted / 
Outstanding at 28 
February 2018 
No of shares 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
74,799 
639,230 
2,400,000 
2,120,000 
107,166 
- 
- 
1,160,000 
2,055,000 
1,128,205 
1,920,289 
2,340,000 
2,007,576 
3,305,000 
19,257,265 

Granted / 
Outstanding at 28 
February 2017 
No of shares 
111,111 
77,170 
591,549 
169,231 
136,363 
115,000 
10,000 
79,200 
749,230 
2,400,000 
2,530,000 
107,166 
1,050,000 
2,404,665 
1,310,000 
2,375,000 
1,128,205 
1,920,289 
2,760,000 
- 
- 
20,024,179 

Exercise 
price 
81.00p 
77.75p 
71.00p 
65.00p 
66.00p 
40.00p 
43.00p 
44.00p 
26.00p 
27.50p 
39.25p 
0.00p 
59.50p 
0.00p 
57.50p 
74.50p 
0.00p 
0.00p 
45.38p 
0.00p 
45.00p 

Date from 
which 
exercisable 
4 May 2010 
13 Jun 2010 
1 Aug 2010 
28 Aug 2010 
7 Sep 2010 
4 Jan 2011 
26 Feb 2011 
21 May 2011 
28 Nov 2014 
30 Aug 2015 
30 Aug 2015 
20 Aug 2016 
30 Oct 2016 
16 May 2017 
5 Nov 2017 
16 Nov 2018 
16 Jun 2018 
5 Sep 2021 
13 Oct 2019 
23 Jun 2020 
7 Nov 2020 

Expiry date 
4 May 2017 
13 Jun 2017 
1 Aug 2017 
28 Aug 2017 
7 Sep 2017 
4 Jan 2018  
26 Feb 2018 
21 May 2018 
28 Nov 2021 
12 Jun 2022 
24 Oct 2022 
20 Aug 2018 
30 Oct 2023 
16 May 2024 
5 Nov 2024 
16 Nov 2025 
16 Jun 2020 
5 Sep 2026 
13 Oct 2026 
23 Jun 2022 
7 Nov 2027 

*Vested  
** Lapsed in full subsequent to 28 February 2018 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding are as follows: 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Lapsed 
Exercised 
At end of year 

2018 
No of share 
options 
20,024,179 
5,402,576 
(1,524,400) 
(4,470,090) 
(175,000) 
19,257,265 

2017 
No of share 
options 
17,133,663 
4,780,289 
(515,263) 
(729,376) 
(645,134) 
20,024,179 

The  weighted  average  share  price  during  the  year  was  45.6p  (2017:  48.9p).  The  weighted 
average  fair  value  of  CSOP  options  granted  during  the  year,  determined  using  the  Black-
Scholes model was 8p (2017: 10p) per option.   

Vertu Motors plc 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

30.  Ordinary  share  capital,  share  premium,  other  reserves,  treasury  share  reserve 

and capital redemption reserve (continued) 

Share Option Schemes (continued) 

Significant inputs into the Black-Scholes model for all CSOP option awards above are set out 
below: 

Vesting period   
Expected volatility 
Option life 
Expected life 
Annual risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 

3 years 
25% 
7 years 
5 years 
1% 
2% 

The  weighted  average  fair  value  of  LTIP  options  granted  during  the  year,  determined  using 
the Black-Scholes model was 44p (2017: 46p) per option. 

Significant inputs into the Black-Scholes model for the LTIP option awards above are set out 
below: 

Vesting period   
Expected volatility 
Option life 
Expected life 
Annual risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 

3 years 
25% 
2 years 
5 years 
1% 
2% 

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns 
is based on statistical analysis of daily share prices since the admission of Vertu Motors plc to 
AiM.    This  is  then  adjusted  for  events  not  considered  to  be  reflective  of  the  volatility  of  the 
share price going forward. 

The  performance  conditions  attaching  to  any  share  options  issued  to  Executive  Directors, 
Senior  Management  or  colleagues  of  the  Company  are  considered  and  set  by  the 
Remuneration  Committee.    The  following  share  incentive  schemes  are  operated  by  the 
Company: 

a) 

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) 

The SIP was introduced in accordance with appropriate legislation and it allows colleagues to 
invest in partnership shares out of gross salary.  A participant may withdraw from the SIP at 
any time but if he or she does so before the partnership shares have been held in trust for five 
years (except in certain specified circumstances such as redundancy or disability) he or she 
will incur an income tax liability.  The Company currently does not supplement or match the 
partnership shares acquired by colleagues. 

b) 

Company Share Option Plan (“CSOP”)  Approved and Unapproved Share Option 
Schemes 

The number of vested options issued prior to 24 October 2012, which remain outstanding are 
shown in the table on page 104. 

The CSOP options issued on 5 November 2014 may only be exercised if the average share 
price of the Company over at least one continuous period of 30 days between 1 August 2017 
and 31 July 2018 is above 70p and then 100% of the options vest. At an average share price 
of below 70p none of the options are exercisable. 

The CSOP options issued on 13 November 2015 may only be exercised if the average share 
price of the Company over at least one continuous period of 30 days between 1 August 2018 
and 31 July 2019 is above 90p and then 100% of the options vest. At an average share price 
of below 90p none of the options are exercisable. 

Vertu Motors plc 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

30.  Ordinary  shares,  share  premium,  treasury  share  reserve  and  other  reserves 

(continued) 

Share Option Schemes (continued) 

b) 

Company Share Option Plan (“CSOP”)  Approved and Unapproved Share Option 
Schemes (continued) 

The  CSOP  options  issued  on  13  October  2016  may  only  be  exercised  if  the  average  share 
price of the Company over at least one continuous period of 30 days between 1 August 2019 
and 31 July 2020 is above 75p and then 100% of the options vest. At an average share price 
of below 90p none of the options are exercisable. 

The following CSOP share options were issued during the financial year to 28 February 2018. 
None of these options were issued to the Executive Directors of Vertu Motors plc. 

3,395,000  CSOP  options  were  issued  on  6  November  2017.  These  options  may  only  be 
exercised if the average share price of the Company over at least one continuous period of 30 
days between 1 August 2019 and 31 July 2020 is above 62.5p and then 100% of the options 
vest.  At  an  average  share  price  of  57.5p  50%  of  the  options  are  exercisable.  At  prices 
between 57.5p and 62.5p, options will vest on a straight-line basis between 50% and 100%.  
At a share price below 57.5p none of the options are exercisable. 

c) 

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) 

On 16 May 2014 2,404,665 LTIP share awards were issued to Executive Directors and Senior 
Managers. In May 2017 these awards lapsed in full as the market based performance criteria 
had not been satisfied. 

A  further  1,128,205  LTIP  share  awards  were  issued  to  Executive  Directors  and  Senior 
Managers on 16 June 2015. These awards lapsed in full, subsequent to the year end, as the 
market based performance criteria had not been satisfied. 

Each tranche of awards made prior to 16 June 2015 took the form of £Nil value share options 
where  the  vesting  is  subject  to  targets  based  on  the  achievement  of  absolute  growth  in  the 
Company’s  total  shareholder  return  (‘TSR’),  and  relative  growth  in  TSR  against  FTSE  small 
cap index (excluding investment trusts). Further detail on the vesting conditions is given in the 
Directors Remuneration Report on page 55 of the Financial Statements. 

Vesting  of  LTIP  awards  issued  subsequent  to  June  2015  is  subject  to  targets  based  on  the 
achievement  of  absolute  growth  in  the  Company’s  total  shareholder  return  (“TSR”)  and  the 
Group’s target return on shareholders’ equity. The vesting of such awards is measured over a 
three year period, but the awards are subject to an additional two year holding period before 
they can be exercised. 

On 5 September 2016 1,920,289 LTIP share awards were made to Executive Directors and 
Senior Managers. The awards may vest in September 2019. A further 2,007,576 LTIP share 
awards were made to Executive Directors and Senior Managers on 23 June 2017 which may 
vest in June 2020. 

31.  Hedging reserve 

The hedging reserve  arises as a result of cash flow  hedges in relation to interest rate swap 
derivatives.  The movements on the hedging reserve are as follows: 

At beginning of year 
Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments 
during the year 
Deferred taxation on fair value losses during year 
At end of year 

Vertu Motors plc 

106 

2018 
£’000 
- 

(93) 
18 
(75) 

2017 
£’000 
- 

- 
- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

32.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net cash  

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents  
Cash inflow from proceeds of borrowings 
Cash outflow from repayment of borrowings 
Cash movement in net cash  

Borrowings acquired 
Capitalisation of loan arrangement fees  
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees 
Non-cash movement in net cash 

Movement in net cash  
Opening net cash   
Closing net cash  

2018 
£’000 

1,864 
(4,140) 
166 
(2,110) 

- 
501 
(86) 
415 

(1,695) 
21,008 
19,313 

2017 
£’000 

(4,070) 
(10,831) 
14,000 
(901) 

(1,085) 
107 
(261) 
(1,239) 

(2,140) 
23,148 
21,008 

33.  Cash flow from movement in working capital  

The following adjustments have been made to reconcile from the movement in balance sheet 
heading to the amount presented in the cash flow from the movement in working capital. This 
is in order to more appropriately reflect the cash impact of the underlying transactions. 

2018 

Current 
trade and 
other 
receivables 
(Note 22) 
£’000 

Inventories 
(Note 20) 
£’000  

558,386 
506,470 
(51,916) 
(432) 

66,272 
52,545 
(13,727) 
(24) 

Trade and 
other 
payables 
£’000 
(663,404) 
(100) 
(8,877) 
(672,381) 
(619,741) 
52,640 
155 

- 

- 

1,181 

(52,348) 

(13,751) 

53,976 

Total 
working 
capital 
movement 
£’000 

(12,123) 
(197) 
(784) 
(54) 
(174) 

(13,332) 

Trade and other payables (Note 24) 
Deferred consideration (Note 17) 
Deferred income (Note 28) 
At 28 February 2018 
At 28 February 2017 
Balance sheet movement 
Disposals (Note 17) 
Deferred consideration on acquisitions 
(Note 17) 
Movement excluding business 
combinations 
Pension related balances  
Increase in capital creditors 
Increase in interest accrual 
Increase in share repurchase accrual 
Movement as shown in Consolidated 
Cash Flow Statement 

Vertu Motors plc 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

33. 

 Cash flow from movement in working capital (continued) 

2017 

Trade and other payables 
Deferred consideration  
Deferred income  
At 28 February 2017 
At 29 February 2016 
Balance sheet movement 
Acquisitions  
Disposals  
Movement excluding business 
combinations 
Pension related balances  
Decrease in capital creditors 
Decrease in interest accrual 
Movement as shown in Consolidated 
Cash Flow Statement 

Current 
trade and 
other 
receivables 
£’000 

Inventories  
£’000  

506,470 
530,371 
23,901 
17,345 
(149) 

52,545 
63,412 
10,867 
4,325 
(56) 

Trade and 
other 
payables 
£’000 
(610,317) 
(1,808) 
(7,616) 
(619,741) 
(639,126) 
(19,385) 
(21,583) 
199 

41,097 

15,136 

(40,769) 

Total 
working 
capital 
movement 
£’000 

15,464 
(247) 
736 
87 

16,040 

34.  Reconciliation of movement in liabilities to cash arising from financing activities 

Current 
borrowings 
£’000 

Non-current 
borrowings 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

8,671 

10,166 

124,932 

(756) 

71,881  214,894 

- 
- 
- 
- 
4,140 

4,140 

- 
- 
12,811 

- 
- 
- 
(166) 
- 

(166) 

- 
2 
- 
- 
- 

2 

- 
66 
- 
- 
- 

66 

(5,678) 
(6) 
(5,451) 
- 
- 

(5,678) 
62 
(5,451) 
(166) 
4,140 

(11,135) 

(7,093) 

(415) 
- 
9,585 

- 
- 
124,934 

- 
- 
(690) 

(415) 
- 
29,131 
29,131 
89,877  236,517 

As at 1 March 2017 
Cash flows from financing 
activities: 
Dividends paid 
Shares issued 
Share repurchase 
Repayment of loans 
Proceeds from issue of loan 
Net cash outflow from financing 
activities 
Other changes: 
Liability related: amortisation of 
loan fees and expenses 
Equity related: other movements 
As at 28 February 2018 

35.  Contingencies 

Contingent liabilities 

Under  sections  394A  and  479A  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  the  parent  company  Vertu 
Motors plc has  guaranteed all outstanding  liabilities to  which the subsidiaries  listed on page 
76  were  subject  to  at  the  end  of  28  February  2018  until  they  are  satisfied  in  full.    These 
liabilities 
loans  of 
£117,385,000 (2017: £120,190,000).  Such guarantees are enforceable against Vertu Motors 
plc by any person to whom any such liability is due. 

total  £717,453,000  (2017:  £617,304,000), 

intercompany 

including 

Vertu Motors plc 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

36.  Commitments 

a)  Capital Commitments 

Capital  commitments  in  respect  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  amounting  to  £5,478,000 
were outstanding as at 28 February 2018 (2017: £3,242,000). 

b)  Operating Lease Commitments 

The  Group  leases  various  motor  dealerships  and  other  premises  under  non-cancellable 
operating lease agreements.  The lease terms are between 2 and 25 years.  The Group also 
leases various plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 

The  future  aggregate  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases, 
ignoring property landlord only lease breaks, are as follows: 

Commitments under non-
cancellable operating leases 
payable: 
No later than 1 year 
Later than 1 year and no 
later than 5 years 
Later than 5 years 

2018 

2017 

Vehicles, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’000 

Property 
£’000 

Vehicles, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’000 

Property 
£’000 

10,384 

35,301 
41,128 
86,813 

2,980 

1,008 
- 
3,988 

8,772 

30,825 
37,211 
76,808 

3,413 

1,033 
- 
4,446 

37.  Related party transactions 

Key management personnel are defined as the Directors of the Company.  The remuneration 
of  the  Directors  who  served  during  the  year  ended  28  February  2018  is  set  out  in  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 62. 

During  the  year,  Robert  Forrester  and  Peter  Jones  sat  on  the  board  of  Trusted  Dealers 
Limited  as  unpaid  non-Executive  Directors.    Trusted  Dealers  Limited  operates  a  used  car 
sales  website.    In  the  year  ended  28  February  2018,  the  value  of  services  provided  by 
Trusted Dealers Limited to the Group was £60,000 (2017: £60,000). No outstanding balances 
were due to Trusted Dealers Limited in respect of these services at 28 February 2018 (2017: 
£Nil). Both Robert Forrester and Peter Jones resigned as Non-Executive Directors of Trusted 
Dealers Limited on 24 January 2018 and 12 January 2018 respectively. 

Nigel Stead, a Director of the Company also sits on the Board of Prohire plc.  The Group sells 
vehicles and provides aftersales services to Prohire plc on normal commercial terms.  In the 
year  ended  28  February  2018,  sales  of  vehicles  to  Prohire  plc  totalled  £150,000  (2017: 
£66,000).  The  value  of  aftersales  services  invoiced  in  the  same  period  was  £9,000  (2017: 
£26,000).    £1,000  was  unpaid  at  28  February  2018  in  respect  of  these  supplies  (2017: 
£2,000). Nigel Stead resigned as Non-Executive Director of Prohire Plc on 21 March 2018. 

William Teasdale, a Director of the Company until his resignation on 26 July 2017 also sits on 
the  Board  of  Remedios  Limited.    Remedios  Limited  provides  environmental  investigation 
services to the Group on normal commercial terms.  In the year ended 28 February 2018, the 
value  of such services provided  was £120 (2017:  £33,000). £Nil  was unpaid at 28 February 
2018 in respect of these services received (2017: £Nil). 

During  the  year  to  28  February  2018,  Robert  Forrester,  Michael  Sherwin,  Peter  Jones,  Bill 
Teasdale, Nigel Stead and Pauline Best bought and sold vehicles from and to the Group. The 
value  of  these  transactions  for  the  year  ended  28  February  2018  and  the  year  ended  28 
February  2017  is  presented  below.    No  profit  or  loss  was  made  in  respect  of  these 
transactions in the year ended 28 February 2018 or the year ended 28 February 2017.  All of 
these  transactions  were  pursuant  to  an  employee  vehicle  ownership  plan  available  to 
Executive  Directors  and  certain  Senior  Managers.  No  outstanding  balances  were  due  to  or 
from the Group in respect of these transactions at 28 February 2018 (2017: £Nil).  

Vertu Motors plc 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

37.  Related party transactions (continued) 

2018 

Robert Forrester 
Michael Sherwin 
Peter Jones 
Bill Teasdale * 
Nigel Stead 
Pauline Best 

* resigned on 26th July 2017. 

2017 

Robert Forrester 
Michael Sherwin 
Peter Jones 
Bill Teasdale 
Nigel Stead 
Pauline Best 

Bought from the Group 

Sold to the Group 

Number of 
vehicles 

6 
8 
3 
1 
3 
4 

Purchase 
price 
£’000 
465 
424 
255 
71 
215 
249 

Number of 
vehicles 

6 
8 
3 
1 
3 
4 

Sale price 
£’000 
460 
418 
256 
65 
200 
262 

Bought from the Group 

Sold to the Group 

Number of 
vehicles 

5 
5 
2 
3 
4 
3 

Purchase 
price 
£’000 
339 
216 
180 
210 
249 
212 

Number of 
vehicles 

5 
5 
2 
3 
4 
2 

Sale price 
£’000 
330 
227 
177 
216 
251 
144 

38.  Post balance sheet events  

On  19  March  2018,  the  Group  disposed  of  surplus  land,  held  in  property  assets  held  for 
resale  at  28  February  2018,  at  Newcastle  under  Lyme  realising  £2,000,000  of  cash  and  a 
£630,000 profit on disposal. 

Vertu Motors plc 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Balance Sheet 
As at 28 February 2018 

Fixed assets 
Intangible assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments  

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Total current assets 

Note 

5 
6 
7 

8 

2018 
£’000 

968 
3,480 
153,633 
158,081 

138,386 
37,730 
176,116 

2017 
£’000 

990 
2,988 
153,397 
157,375 

136,294 
28,293 
164,587 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one 
year 

10 

(68,938) 

(70,619) 

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities 

107,178 

265,259 

93,968 

251,343 

Creditors:  amounts falling due after more 
than one year 

11 

(18,562) 

(17,852) 

Net assets 

246,697 

233,491 

Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Treasury share reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Profit and loss account: 
At start of year 
Profit for the year 
Other changes in retained earnings 

13 
13 
13 
14 
13 
13 
15 

38,552 
124,934 
10,645 
(75) 
(690) 
1,175 

58,943 
23,382 
(10,169) 
72,156 

39,727 
124,932 
10,645 
- 
(756) 
- 

43,792 
19,726 
(4,575) 
58,943 

Total shareholders’ funds 

246,697 

233,491 

These financial statements, on pages 111 to 122, have been approved for issue by the Board 
of Directors on 9 May 2018: 

Robert Forrester 
Chief Executive  

Michael Sherwin 
Chief Financial Officer 

Vertu Motors plc 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

  Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserve 
£’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000 

Profit and 
loss account 
£’000 

Total 
Equity 
£’000 

As at 1 March 2017 
Profit for the year 
Tax on items taken 
directly to equity  

Fair value losses 

Total comprehensive 
income for the year 

New ordinary shares 
issued 
Repurchase of own 
shares 
Cancellation of 
repurchased shares 
Dividend paid 
Share based payments 
charge 
As at 28 February 2018 

39,727 

124,932 

10,645 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,175) 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

2 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

18 

(93) 

(75) 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(756) 

- 

- 
- 

- 

66 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,175 
- 

58,943  233,491 

23,382 

23,382 

- 
- 

18 
(93) 

23,382 

23,307 

(4) 

64 

(5,441) 

(5,441) 

- 
(5,678) 

- 
(5,678) 

- 

954 

954 

38,552 

124,934 

10,645 

(75) 

(690) 

1,175 

72,156  246,697 

The  other  reserve  is  a  merger  reserve,  arising  from  shares  issued  for  shares  as 
consideration, to the former shareholders of acquired companies.  

For the year ended 28 February 2017 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Other 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£’000 

Total 
Equity 
£’000 

As at 1 March 2016 
Profit for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the 
year 
New ordinary shares issued 
Cost of issuance of ordinary shares 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Treasury shares issued 
Dividend paid 
Share based payments charge 
As at 28 February 2017 

34,127 
- 

- 
5,600 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
39,727 

96,901 
- 

- 
29,400 
(1,369) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
124,932 

10,645 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
10,645 

- 
- 

43,792 
19,726 

185,465 
19,726 

- 
- 
- 
(1,000) 
244 
- 
- 
(756) 

19,726 
- 
- 
- 
(237) 
(5,353) 
1,015 
58,943 

19,726 
35,000 
(1,369) 
(1,000) 
7 
(5,353) 
1,015 
233,491 

Vertu Motors plc 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
For the year ended 28 February 2018 

1.  Accounting Policies 

Statement of compliance 

The  separate  financial  statements  of  Vertu  Motors  plc,  the  parent  undertaking,  have  been 
prepared  in  compliance  with  United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards,  including  Financial 
Reporting Standard 102, “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom 
and the Republic of Ireland” (“FRS 102”) and the Companies Act 2006. 

Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102 

FRS  102  allows  a  qualifying  entity  certain  disclosure  exemptions,  subject  to  certain 
conditions, which have been complied with. 

The  Company  has  taken  advantage  of  the  following  exemptions  in  paragraph  1.12  of  FRS 
102: 

- 

- 
- 
- 

from preparing a statement of cash flows and related notes, on the basis that it is a 
qualifying  entity  and  the  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  of  Vertu  Motors  plc 
includes the Company’s cash flows, 
certain disclosures in relation to financial instruments, 
certain disclosures in relation to share based payments; and 
from disclosing the Company key management personnel compensation. 

Basis of preparation 

The financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis under the historical 
cost convention as modified by the revaluation of derivative financial instruments to fair value. 

The principal accounting policies, which have been consistently applied throughout the year, 
are set out below. 

No profit and loss account is presented by the Company, as permitted under section 408 of 
the  Companies  Act  2006.    The  profit  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  28  February  2018 
was £23,382,000 (2017: £19,726,000). 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  results  of  all  subsidiaries  owned  by  Vertu 
Motors  plc  listed  on  pages  117  to  119  of  these  financial  statements.  Certain  of  these 
subsidiaries,  which  are  listed  below,  have  taken  the  exemption  from  an  audit  for  the  year 
ended  28  February  2018  by  virtue  of  s479A  of  Companies  Act  2006.  Certain  other 
subsidiaries, which are also listed below, have taken the exemption from preparing individual 
accounts for the year ended 28 February 2018 by virtue of s394A of Companies Act 2006. In 
order  to  allow  these  subsidiaries  to  take  the  audit  exemption  or  exemption  from  the 
preparation  of  individual  accounts  (as  appropriate),  the  Company  has  given  a  statutory 
guarantee  of  all  the  outstanding  liabilities  as  at  28  February  2018  of  the  subsidiaries  listed 
below, further detail of  which is provided in note  35 to the consolidated  financial statements 
on page 108. 

The  subsidiaries  which  have  taken  an  exemption  from  an  audit  for  the  year  ended  28 
February 2018 by virtue of s479A Companies Act 2006 are: 

Bristol Street First Investments Limited 
Bristol Street Fourth Investments Limited 
Vertu Motors (Knaresborough) Limited 
Vertu Motors (VMC) Limited 
South Hereford Garages Limited 
South Hereford Garages Trade Parts LLP 
Vertu Motors (Chingford) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Property 2) Limited 
Greenoaks (Maidenhead) Limited 

Macklin Property Limited 
Tyne Tees Finance Limited 
Grantham Motor Company Limited 
Vertu Motors (Property) Limited 
Albert Farnell Limited 
All Car Parts Limited 
Sigma Holdings Limited 
Gordon Lamb Limited 
Gordon Lamb Holdings Limited 

Vertu Motors plc 

113 

 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
1.  Accounting Policies (continued) 

Basis of preparation (continued) 

The subsidiaries which have taken an exemption from the preparation of individual accounts 
in respect of the year ended 28 February 2018 by virtue of s394A of Companies Act 2006 are: 

Blake Holdings Limited 
Bristol Street (No.1) Limited 
Bristol Street (No.2) Limited 
Bristol Street Fifth Investments Limited 
Bristol Street Fleet Services Limited 
Bristol Street Group Limited 
Bristol Street Limited 
BSH Pension Trustee Limited 
Merifield Properties Limited 
Motor Nation Car Hypermarkets Limited 
Dunfermline Autocentre Limited 
Widnes Car Centre (1994) Limited 
Compare Click Call Limited 
K C Motability Solutions Limited 
Bristol Street Commercials (Italia) Limited 
Newbolds Garage (Mansfield) Limited 
Gordon Lamb Group Limited 
Aceparts Limited 
Why Pay More For Cars Limited 
Hillendale Group Limited 
Hillendale LR Limited 
International Concessionaires Limited 

National Allparts Limited 
Peter Blake (Chatsworth) Limited 
Peter Blake (Clumber) Limited 
Peter Blake Limited 
Typocar Limited 
Vertu Fleet Limited 
Vertu Motors (Finance) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Retail) Limited 
Boydslaw 103 Limited 
Vertu Motors (Pity Me) Limited 
Widnes Car Centre Limited 
Vertu Motors (Durham) Limited 
Dobies (Carlisle) Limited 
Vertu Motors (AMC) Limited 
Brookside (1998) Limited 
Nottingham TPS LLP 
Vertu Motors Property 2 Holdings Limited 
SHG Holdings Limited 
Blacks Autos Limited 
The Taxi Centre Limited 
Easy Vehicle Finance 

The auditors’ remuneration for audit and other services was £25,000 (2017: £25,000). 

Intangible assets 

Intangible  assets  comprise  computer  software  and  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortisation and any impairment losses.  Amortisation is provided on a straight-line basis to 
allocate  the  cost  of  the  asset  over  its  estimated  useful  life,  which  in  the  case  of  computer 
software is between four and six years. 

Tangible fixed assets 

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in 
value.    Cost  includes  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  asset.  
Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost of tangible fixed assets less 
their  estimated  residual  values,  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  as 
follows: 

Computer equipment 
Office equipment 

16.6% - 50%  
25% 

Investments 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost, less provision for impairment. 

Deferred taxation 

Deferred  tax  is  recognised  in  respect  of  all  timing  differences  that  have  originated  but  not 
reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to 
pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance 
sheet date.  Timing differences are differences between the Company’s taxable profits and its 
results as stated in the financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in 
tax  assessments  in  years  different  from  those  in  which  they  are  recognised  in  the  financial 
statements. 

A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only to the extent 
that,  on  the  basis  of  all  available  evidence,  it  can  be  regarded  as  more  likely  than  not  that 
there  will  be  sufficient  taxable  profits  from  which  the  future  reversal  of  the  underlying  timing 
differences can be deducted. 

Vertu Motors plc 

114 

 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
1.  Accounting Policies (continued) 

Deferred taxation (continued) 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the years in which the 
timing  differences  are  expected  to  reverse  based  on  tax  rates  and  laws  that  have  been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.    

Deferred income 

Deferred  income  is  in  relation  to  vehicle  warranty  product  income.  The  Group  sells  used 
vehicle warranty policies which are in house products that can be taken out over 12, 24 or 36 
months  with  income  received  on  inception  of  the  policy.  The  policy  covers  replacement  of 
mechanical  and  electrical  parts  which  have  suffered  a  mechanical  breakdown,  the  cost  of 
labour to fit failed parts and breakdown assistance for the period of the warranty. 

When the  income is received  it  is recognised initially  as deferred  income and is  released to 
the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of each warranty policy. 

Revenue 

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to 
the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured.  In practice this means that revenue 
is recognised when a service has been undertaken. 

Share based payments 

The  Company  allows  employees  to  acquire  shares  of  the  Company  through  share  option 
schemes.    The  fair  value  of  share  options  granted  is  recognised  as  an  employee  expense 
with a corresponding increase in equity.  The Company operates a number of equity-settled, 
share-based compensation plans.  The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period 
is  determined  by  reference  to  the  fair  value  of  the  options  granted,  excluding  the  impact  of 
any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales growth targets).   

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are  expected  to  vest.    At  each  balance  sheet  date,  the  entity  revises  its  estimates  of  the 
number  of  options  that  are  expected  to  vest.    It  recognises  the  impact  of  the  revision  to 
original  estimates,  if  any,  in  the  profit  and  loss  account,  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to 
equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised. 

Leases 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the 
lessor are classified as operating leases.  Payments made under operating leases (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-
line basis over the period of the lease. 

2.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

The  Company  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.    The  resulting 
accounting  estimates,  will,  by  definition,  seldom  equal  the  related  actual  results.    The 
estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below: 

Impairment of fixed asset investments 

The  Company  tests  annually,  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  occur,  to 
determine  whether  the  fixed  asset  investments  held  have  suffered  any  impairment.  The 
recoverable  amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on  value-in-use 
calculations.  These calculations require the use of estimates. 

Share based payments 

Share options issued to certain employees are measured at fair value at the grant date using 
a fair value model, and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on 
an estimate of the number of options which will vest. The key assumptions of this model are 
disclosed in note 30 of the Vertu Motors plc consolidated financial statements. 

Vertu Motors plc 

115 

Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
3.  Employee benefit expense 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs – defined contribution plans 

Share based payments charge (note 17) 

2018 
£’000 
12,470 
1,731 
1,551 
15,752 
1,031 
16,783 

4.  Average monthly number of people employed (including Directors) 

Sales 
Service 
Administration 

5. 

Intangible assets 

Cost 
At 1 March 2017 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated Amortisation 
At 1 March 2017 
Amortisation charge 
Disposal 
At 28 February 2018 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2018 
At 28 February 2017 

6.  Tangible assets 

Cost 
At 1 March 2017 
Additions 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated Depreciation 
At 1 March 2017 
Depreciation charge 
Disposals 
At 28 February 2018 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2018 
At 28 February 2017 

2018 
Number 
117 
17 
388 
522 

Computer 
equipment 
£’000 

Office 
equipment 
£’000 

7,094 
2,004 
(2,761) 
6,337 

4,335 
1,472 
(2,761) 
3,046 

3,291 
2,759 

683 
36 
(193) 
526 

454 
76 
(193) 
337 

189 
229 

2017 
£’000 
11,608 
1,514 
1,308 
14,430 
1,082 
15,512 

2017 
Number 
98 
18 
355 
471 

Computer  
Software 
£’000 
3,465 
421 
(1,761) 
2,125 

2,475 
442 
(1,760) 
1,157 

968 
990 

Total 
£’000 

7,777 
2,040 
(2,954) 
6,863 

4,789 
1,548 
(2,954) 
3,383 

3,480 
2,988 

Vertu Motors plc 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 

7.  Fixed asset investments  

Cost  
At 1 March 2017 
Additions 
At 28 February 2018 

Accumulated impairment charges 
At 1 March 2017 
Impairment charges 
At 28 February 2018 

Net Book Value 
At 28 February 2018 
At 28 February 2017 

2018 
£’000 

155,797 
350 
156,147 

2,400 
114 
2,514 

153,633 
153,397 

Vertu  Motors plc, the Company, as at 28 February 2018  and  28 February 2017, invested in 
100%  of  the  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  following  subsidiary  undertakings,  incorporated  in 
the United Kingdom: 

Principal activity 

Company 
The registered office address of the following companies is Vertu House, Fifth Avenue 
Business Park, Team Valley, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear, NE11 0XA: 
Bristol Street First Investments Limited 
Bristol Street Fourth Investments Limited 
Vertu Motors (VMC) Limited 
Grantham Motor Company Limited 
Vertu Motors (Chingford) Limited  
Albert Farnell Limited 
South Hereford Garages Limited * 
Tyne Tees Finance Limited * 
Greenoaks (Maidenhead) Limited * 
Gordon Lamb Limited *  
South Hereford Garages Trade Parts LLP * 
Vertu Motors Third Limited 
All Car Parts Limited * 
Macklin Property Limited 
Vertu Motors (Property) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Knaresborough) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Property 2) Limited * 
BSH Pension Trustee Limited * 
Vertu Motors (Finance) Limited 
Vertu Motors (Durham) Limited * 
Bristol Street Fifth Investments Limited * 
Blake Holdings Limited * 
Bristol Street Group Limited * 
Vertu Motors Property 2 Holdings Limited 
Widnes Car Centre (1994) Limited * 
Brookside (1998) Limited * 
Hillendale Group Limited 
Sigma Holdings Limited 
Gordon Lamb Group Limited 
Gordon Lamb Holdings Limited *  
Why Pay More For Cars Limited * 
International Concessionaires Limited * 
Vertu Motors (AMC) Limited 
Motor Nation Car Hypermarkets Limited 
Bristol Street Limited * 
Bristol Street (No. 1) Limited * 

Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Motor retailer 
Parts retailer 
Online advertising 
Online parts retailer 
Property company 
Property company 
Property company 
Property company 
Pension scheme trustee 
Finance company 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 

Vertu Motors plc 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
7.  Fixed asset investments (continued) 

Company 
Bristol Street (No. 2) Limited * 
National Allparts Limited * 
Merifield Properties Limited * 
Peter Blake Limited * 
Peter Blake (Chatsworth) Limited * 
Peter Blake (Clumber) Limited * 
Typocar Limited 
Widnes Car Centre Limited * 
KC Mobility Solutions Limited * 
Compare Click Call Limited 
Dobies (Carlisle) Limited * 
Newbolds Garages (Mansfield) Limited * 
Nottingham TPS LLP * 
Hillendale LR Limited * 
Blacks Autos Limited * 
Alpha Banbury * 
Alpha Birmingham * 
Alpha Bromley * 
Alpha Cheltenham* 
Alpha Huddersfield * 
Alpha Ilford * 
Alpha Leeds * 
Alpha Newcastle * 
Alpha Nottingham * 
Alpha Parts * 
Alpha Poole * 
Alpha Romford * 
Alpha Ruislip * 
Alpha Sherwood * 
Alpha Shirley * 
Alpha Southampton * 
Alpha Stamford * 
Alpha Stourbridge * 
Alpha Sunderland *  
Alpha Worcester * 
Dispose Seton (No 2) * 
Jessups Motor Group * 
Alpha Bournemouth Limited * 
Alpha Cramlington Limited * 
Alpha Jessups Limited * 
Alpha Stamford Hill Limited * 
Alpha Stanley Limited * 
Fleet Datascan Limited * 
Milehire Limited * 
Seton House Manchester Limited * 
Aceparts Limited  
SHG Holdings Limited 
Vertu Motors (Pity Me) Limited * 
Bristol Street Commercials (Italia) Limited 
Vertu Fleet Limited 
Vertu Motors (Retail) Limited 
Bristol Street Fleet Services Limited * 

Principal activity 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 
Dormant company 

The registered address of the following companies is Dunfermline Autocentre, Halbeath 
Road, Dunfermline, Fife, KY12 7RD 
Boydslaw 103 Limited * 
Dunfermline Autocentre Limited * 

Holding company (dormant subsidiaries) 
Dormant company 

Vertu Motors plc 

118 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 

7. 

Fixed asset investments (continued) 

The registered address of the following companies is Peugeot Paisley, Saturn Avenue, 
Pheonix Retail Park, Paisley, PA1 2BH 
The Taxi Centre Limited  
Easy Vehicle Finance Limited * 

Dormant company 
Dormant company 

* Held indirectly by the Company. 

The  Directors  believe  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  investments  is  supported  by  their 
underlying net assets. 

8.  Debtors 

Trade debtors 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
Deferred tax asset (note 9) 
Value Added Tax 
Prepayments and accrued income  

2018 
£’000 
922 
125,989 
1,323 
6,928 
3,224 
138,386 

2017 
£’000 
1,388 
127,794 
1,126 
2,153 
3,833 
136,294 

Amounts  owed  by  Group  undertakings  are  unsecured,  bear  no  interest  and  have  no  fixed 
repayment date.  

9.  Deferred tax asset 

At beginning of year 
Credited to the profit and loss account  
Charged directly to equity 
At end of year 

2018 
£’000 
1,126 
179 
18 
1,323 

2017 
£’000 
815 
311 
- 
1,126 

The amounts recognised for deferred tax assets, calculated under the liability method at 17% 
(2017: 17%) are set out below: 

Depreciation in excess of capital allowances 
Other short-term timing differences 
Total 

2018 
£’000 
452 
871 
1,323 

2017 
£’000 
372 
754 
1,126 

During the year ending 28 February 2019, the reversal of deferred tax assets is expected to 
decrease the corporation tax charge for the year by £127,000.  This is primarily due to timing 
differences in relation to depreciation in excess of capital allowances. 

10.  Creditors:  amounts falling due within one year 

Trade creditors 
Other creditors 
Corporation tax 
Deferred consideration 
Other taxation and social security 
Accruals  
Deferred income 

2018 
£’000 
5,515 
23,000 
2,304 
- 
4,553 
25,118 
8,448 
68,938 

2017 
£’000 
6,387 
25,000 
2,909 
1,571 
4,307 
23,986 
6,459 
70,619 

Other  creditors  comprise  non-interest  bearing  advance  payments  from  the  Group’s  finance 
company partners. 

Accruals includes £12,557,000 (2017: £11,057,000) in respect of outstanding service plans. 

Vertu Motors plc 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
11.  Creditors:  amounts falling due after more than one year 

Bank borrowings 
Deferred consideration 
Deferred income (note 12) 

Borrowings are repayable as follows: 
Under 1 year 
1-2 years 
2-5 years 

2018 
£’000 
9,585 
100 
8,877 
18,562 

2018 
£’000 
- 
- 
9,585 
9,585 

2017 
£’000 
10,000 
236 
7,616 
17,852 

2017 
£’000 
- 
- 
10,000 
10,000 

The bank borrowings are secured on the assets of the Company and the Group.  The table 
below  analyses  the  Company’s  financial  liabilities  into  relevant  maturity  groupings  based  on 
the  remaining  period  at  the  balance  sheet  date  to  contractual  maturity  date.    The  amounts 
disclosed in the table  are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.   Balances due  within  12 
months equal their carrying amounts as the impact of discounting is not significant.   

Bank borrowings 
Trade and other creditors 
At 28 February 2018 

Bank borrowings 
Trade and other creditors 
At 28 February 2017 

12.  Deferred income 

Within one 
year 
£’000 
- 
68,938 
68,938 

Within one 
year 
£’000 
- 
70,619 
70,619 

Within two 
to five years 
£’000 
9,585 
8,977 
18,562 

Within two 
to five years 
£’000 
10,000 
7,852 
17,852 

Deferred income due in greater than one year comprises: 

Warranty income 

2018 
£’000 
8,877 
8,877 

Total 
£’000  
9,585 
77,915 
87,500 

Total 
£’000  
10,000 
78,471 
88,471 

2017 
£’000 
7,616 
7,616 

Deferred  income  relates  to  used  car  warranty  products  sold  by  the  Group.  These  warranty 
policies can be taken out over 12, 24 or 36 months with income received in advance of this 
period  being  released  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  policies.  There  is  an 
additional  £6,684,000  included  in  ‘Deferred  income’  in  creditors:  amounts  falling  due  within 
one year, in respect of such warranties recognising the amount to be released over the next 
12 months (2017: £5,536,000). 

Vertu Motors plc 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
13.  Called up share capital, share premium, other reserve, treasury share reserve and 

capital redemption reserve  

2018 

Ordinary 
shares of 

10p each 
Number of 
shares 
(‘000) 

Called up 

Share 
Share  premium 
account 
capital 
£’000 
£’000 

Other 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury 
share 
reserve 
£’000 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

At 1 March 2017 
Shares issued 
during the year 
Cancellation of 
repurchased 
shares 
At 28 February 
2018 

395,279 

39,727 

124,932 

10,645 

(756) 

-  174,548 

- 

- 

(11,745) 

(1,175) 

2 

- 

- 

- 

66 

- 

68 

- 

1,175 

- 

383,534 

38,552 

124,934 

10,645 

(690) 

1,175  174,616 

All issued shares are fully paid-up. 

The other reserve is a merger reserve, arising from shares issued for shares as consideration 
to the former shareholders of acquired businesses.  

2017 

At 1 March 2016 
Shares issued during the year 
Cost of issuance of ordinary 
shares 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Issuance of treasury shares 
At 28 February 2017 

14.  Hedging reserve 

Ordinary 
shares of 
10p each 
Number of 
shares 
(‘000) 

Called up 

Share  
Share  premium 
account 
capital 
£’000 
£’000 

Treasury  
Share 
Reserve 
£’000 

Other 
Reserve 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

341,270 
56,000 

- 
(2,636) 
645 
395,279 

34,127 
5,600 

- 
- 
- 
39,727 

96,901 
29,400 

- 
- 

10,645  141,673 
35,000 

- 

(1,369) 
- 
- 
124,932 

- 
(1,000) 
244 
(756) 

- 
- 
- 

(1,369) 
(1,000) 
244 
10,645  174,548 

Cash flow hedges: 
At beginning of year 
Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments 
during the year 
Deferred taxation on fair value losses during year 
At end of year 

15.  Profit and loss account 

As at beginning of year 
Profit for the financial year 
Dividend paid  
Share based payments charge 
Repurchase of own shares 
Treasury shares issued 
As at end of year 

2018 
£’000 

- 

(93) 
18 
(75) 

2018 
£’000 
58,943 
23,382 
(5,678) 
954 
(5,441) 
(4) 
72,156 

2017 
£’000 

- 

- 
- 
- 

2017 
£’000 
43,792 
19,726 
(5,353) 
1,015 

(237) 
58,943 

The issue of treasury shares in the period was in satisfaction of the exercise of vested share 
options by senior managers.  

Vertu Motors plc 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements (continued) 
16.  Dividends per share 

Dividends of £5,678,000 were paid in the year to 28 February 2018 (2017: £5,353,000), 1.45p 
per share (2017: 1.35p).  A final dividend  in respect  of the  year ended 28 February 2018  of 
0.95p per share, is to be proposed at the annual general meeting on 25 July 2018.  The ex-
dividend  date  will  be  21  June  2018  and  the  associated  record  date  22  June  2018.  This 
dividend  will  be  paid,  subject  to  shareholder  approval,  on  30  July  2018  and  these  financial 
statements do not reflect this final dividend payable. 

17.  Share based payments 

For details of share based payment awards and fair values, see note 30 to the consolidated 
financial  statements.    The  Company  financial  statements  include  a  share  based  payments 
charge for the year of £1,031,000 (2017: £1,082,000).  

18.  Contingencies 

See note 35 to the consolidated financial statements for details of contingent liabilities as at 
the balance sheet date. 

19.  Directors’ Remuneration 

The  remuneration  of  the  Directors  who  served  during  the  year  from  1  March  2017  to  28 
February 2018 is set out within the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 62. 

20.  Commitments 

The Company leases vehicles under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 

The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases is set 
out below: 

Commitments under non-cancellable operating leases 
payable: 
No later than 1 year 
Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years 
Later than 5 years 

2018 
Vehicles 
£’000 
188 
124 
- 
312 

2017 
Vehicles 
£’000 
395 
121 
18 
534 

21.  Related party transactions 

The Company has related party relationships with its subsidiaries and with key management 
personnel. 

Transactions with the Directors of the Company are disclosed in note  37 of the consolidated 
financial statements.  

During the financial year ended 28 February 2018, the Company made cash contributions of 
£380,000  into  the  Bristol  Street  Pension  Scheme  (2017:  £380,000).  Under  the  terms  of  the 
recovery  plan  as  agreed  between  the  Company  and  the  Trustees,  these  contributions  will 
continue until 31 March 2018. 

Vertu Motors plc 

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alternative Performance Measures 

Set out below are the definitions and sources of various alternative performance measures which are 
referred to throughout the Annual Report.  All financial information provided is in respect of the Vertu 
Motors plc Group. 

Definitions 

Like-for-like  

FY2018  

H2 FY2018  

H2 FY2017  

Adjusted  

Dealerships  that  have  comparable  trading  periods  in  two  consecutive 
financial years, only the comparable period is measured as “like-for-like” 

The twelve month period ended 28 February 2018 

The six month period ended 28 February 2018 

The six month period ended 28 February 2017 

Adjusted for exceptional items, amortisation of intangible assets and share 
based payments  as these  are unconnected  with the  ordinary  business of 
the Group. 

Aftersales gross margin  Aftersales gross margin compares the gross profit earned from aftersales 
activities  to  the  total  aftersales  revenues,  including  internal  revenue 
relating to service and vehicle preparation work performed on the Group’s 
own  vehicles.    This  is  to  properly  reflect  the  real  activity  of  the  Group’s 
aftersales department. 

Alternative Performance Measures 

EBITDA (Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation)  

Operating profit 
Impairment charges (note 6) 
Depreciation (note 18) 
Amortisation (note 16) 
EBITDA 

2018 
£’000 
32,345 
513 
9,714 
614 
43,186 

2017 
£’000 
32,074 
- 
8,665 
614 
41,353 

Adjusted EBITDA (adjusted for exceptional items and share based payment charge)  

EBITDA 
Exceptional items (note 8) 
Share based payment charge (note 30) 
Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted Profit Before Tax (PBT)  

Profit before tax 
Amortisation (note 16) 
Exceptional items (note 8) 
Share based payment charge (note 30) 
Adjusted PBT 

2018 
£’000 
43,186 
(3,539) 
1,031 
40,678 

2018 
£’000 
30,447 
614 
(3,539) 
1,031 
28,553 

2017 
£’000 
41,353 
- 
1,082 
42,435 

2017 
£’000 
29,820 
614 
- 
1,082 
31,516 

Vertu Motors plc 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alternative Performance Measures (continued) 
Tangible net assets per share  

Net assets 
Less: 
Goodwill and other indefinite life assets 
Other intangible assets 
Add: 
Deferred tax on above adjustments 
Tangible net assets 
Tangible net assets per share 

Like-for-like reconciliations: 

Revenues by department  

2018 
£’000 
264,418 

(94,381) 
(1,316) 

5,561 
174,282 
45.4p 

New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 
Used cars  
Aftersales 
Total revenue 

FY18 
Group 
revenue 
£’m 
836.5 
662.5 
1,068.9 
228.2 
2,796.1 

FY17 
Acquisition 
revenue 
£’m 
(73.2) 
(14.1) 
(84.4) 
(22.7) 
(194.4) 

FY18 
Disposals 
revenue 
£’m 
(11.9) 
(1.3) 
(15.6) 
(3.0) 
(31.8) 

FY18 
Like-for-like 
 revenue 
£’m 
751.4 
647.1 
968.9 
202.5 
2,569.9 

FY17 
Like-for-like  
revenue 
£’m 
803.8 
631.9 
940.8 
198.6 
2,575.1 

Aftersales revenue by department  

Parts 
Accident repair 
Parts and accident repair 
Service 
Total revenue* 

FY18 
Group 
revenue 
£’m 
159.9 
5.8 
165.7 
114.8 
280.5 

FY17 
Acquisition 
revenue 
£’m 
(17.7) 

- 

(17.7) 
(10.8) 
(28.5) 

FY18 
Disposals 
revenue 
£’m 
(1.8) 
(0.3) 
(2.1) 
(1.2) 
(3.3) 

FY18 
Like-for-like  
revenue 
£’m 
140.4 
5.5 
145.9 
102.8 
248.7 

FY17 
Like-for-like  
revenue 
£’m 
138.2 
5.6 
143.8 
98.2 
242.0 

*Inclusive of both internal and external revenue 

Vertu Motors plc 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alternative Performance Measures (continued) 
Gross profit by department  

New car retail and Motability 
New fleet and commercial 
Used cars 
Aftersales 
Gross profit 

FY18 
Group gross 
profit 
£’m 
64.1 
21.4 
98.7 
124.7 
308.9 

FY17 
Acquisition 
gross profit 
£’m 
(5.9) 
(1.0) 
(5.2) 
(11.4) 
(23.5) 

FY18 
Disposals 
gross profit 
£’m 
(0.6) 
- 
(0.7) 
(1.2) 
(2.5) 

FY18 
Like-for-like 
gross profit 
£’m 
57.6 
20.4 
92.8 
112.1 
282.9 

FY17 
Like-for-like 
gross profit 
£’m 
60.3 
19.8 
95.4 
109.1 
284.6 

Aftersales gross profit by department  

Parts 
Accident repair 
Parts and accident repair 
Service 
Gross profit 

FY18 
Group gross 
profit 
£’m 
33.4 
3.7 
37.1 
87.6 
124.7 

FY17 
Acquisition 
gross profit 
£’m 
(3.2) 
- 
(3.2) 
(8.2) 
(11.4) 

FY18 
Disposal 
gross profit 
£’m 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
(0.3) 
(0.9) 
(1.3) 

FY18 
Like-for-like 
gross profit 
£’m 
30.1 
3.5 
33.6 
78.5 
112.1 

FY17 
Like-for-like 
gross profit 
£’m 
29.5 
3.7 
33.2 
75.9 
109.1 

Number of units sold by department  

New car retail 
New car Motability 
New fleet  
New commercial 
Used cars  
Total units 

FY18 
Group 
35,412 
10,770 
18,712 
16,140 
79,821 
160,855 

FY17 
Acquisition 
(554) 
(118) 
(229) 
(64) 
(627) 
(1,592) 

FY18 
Disposals 
(47) 
(2) 
(4) 
- 
(142) 
(195) 

FY18 
Like-for-like  

34,811 
10,650 
18,479 
16,076 
79,052 
159,068 

FY17 
Group 
41,528 
11,397 
19,912 
16,829 
81,636 
171,302 

FY17 
Like-for-like 
40,157 
11,127 
19,448 
16,787 
79,445 
166,964 

Average selling price by department  

New car retail and Motability* 
New fleet and commercial* 
Used cars 

FY18 
Group 
16,534 
18,786 
13,391 

FY17 
Acquisition 
24,321 
19,515 
22,308 

FY18 
Disposals 
16,279 
23,679 
13,107 

FY18 

FY17 

Like-for-like  

Like-for-like  

16,038 
18,763 
12,945 

15,297 
17,503 
12,445 

*Average selling price is stated inclusive of wholesale units 

Operating expenses  

Operating expenses 

FY18 
Group 
£’m 
280.1 

FY17 
Acquisition 
£’m 
(22.3) 

FY18 
Disposals 
£’m 
(3.7) 

FY18 
Like-for-like 
£’m 
254.1 

FY18 
Like-for-like 
£’m 
251.1 

Vertu Motors plc 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registered  Office:
Vertu House,
Fifth Avenue Business Park,
Team Valley, Gateshead,
Tyne and Wear, NE11 0XA
Company Number: 05984855

www.vertumotors.com